Switch to GPLv3
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / config / tc-hppa.c
1 /* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA
2 Copyright 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
6
7 GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
19 Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
20 02110-1301, USA. */
21
22 /* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science
23 at the University of Utah. */
24
25 #include "as.h"
26 #include "safe-ctype.h"
27 #include "subsegs.h"
28 #include "dw2gencfi.h"
29
30 #include "bfd/libhppa.h"
31
32 /* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */
33 #include "opcode/hppa.h"
34
35 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM)
36 error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined
37 #endif
38
39 /* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug
40 records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records,
41 then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */
42 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
43 #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
44
45 /* A "convenient" place to put object file dependencies which do
46 not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */
47
48 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
49 typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type;
50
51 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
52 typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
53 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
54 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc)
55
56 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
57 /* How to generate a relocation. */
58 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type
59 #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf64_hppa_reloc_final_type
60 #else
61 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type
62 #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf32_hppa_reloc_final_type
63 #endif
64
65 /* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere
66 to store a copyright string. */
67 #define obj_version obj_elf_version
68 #define obj_copyright obj_elf_version
69
70 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind"
71 #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
72
73 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
74 /* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */
75 #define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$"
76 #define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$"
77 #define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$"
78 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$"
79
80 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
81 typedef int reloc_type;
82
83 /* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string. */
84 #define obj_version obj_som_version
85 #define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright
86
87 /* How to generate a relocation. */
88 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type
89
90 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
91 typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
92 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
93 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc)
94
95 /* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */
96 #ifndef R_DLT_REL
97 #define R_DLT_REL 0x78
98 #endif
99
100 #ifndef R_N0SEL
101 #define R_N0SEL 0xd8
102 #endif
103
104 #ifndef R_N1SEL
105 #define R_N1SEL 0xd9
106 #endif
107 #endif /* OBJ_SOM */
108
109 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
110 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 25
111 #else
112 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 10
113 #endif
114
115 /* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */
116
117 /* Unwind table and descriptor. FIXME: Sync this with GDB version. */
118
119 struct unwind_desc
120 {
121 unsigned int cannot_unwind:1;
122 unsigned int millicode:1;
123 unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1;
124 unsigned int region_desc:2;
125 unsigned int save_sr:2;
126 unsigned int entry_fr:4;
127 unsigned int entry_gr:5;
128 unsigned int args_stored:1;
129 unsigned int call_fr:5;
130 unsigned int call_gr:5;
131 unsigned int save_sp:1;
132 unsigned int save_rp:1;
133 unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1;
134 unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1;
135 unsigned int cleanup_defined:1;
136
137 unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1;
138 unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1;
139 unsigned int reserved:3;
140 unsigned int frame_size:27;
141 };
142
143 /* We can't rely on compilers placing bitfields in any particular
144 place, so use these macros when dumping unwind descriptors to
145 object files. */
146 #define UNWIND_LOW32(U) \
147 (((U)->cannot_unwind << 31) \
148 | ((U)->millicode << 30) \
149 | ((U)->millicode_save_rest << 29) \
150 | ((U)->region_desc << 27) \
151 | ((U)->save_sr << 25) \
152 | ((U)->entry_fr << 21) \
153 | ((U)->entry_gr << 16) \
154 | ((U)->args_stored << 15) \
155 | ((U)->call_fr << 10) \
156 | ((U)->call_gr << 5) \
157 | ((U)->save_sp << 4) \
158 | ((U)->save_rp << 3) \
159 | ((U)->save_rp_in_frame << 2) \
160 | ((U)->extn_ptr_defined << 1) \
161 | ((U)->cleanup_defined << 0))
162
163 #define UNWIND_HIGH32(U) \
164 (((U)->hpe_interrupt_marker << 31) \
165 | ((U)->hpux_interrupt_marker << 30) \
166 | ((U)->frame_size << 0))
167
168 struct unwind_table
169 {
170 /* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by
171 descriptor. */
172 unsigned int start_offset;
173 unsigned int end_offset;
174 struct unwind_desc descriptor;
175 };
176
177 /* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to
178 control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in
179 creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors.
180
181 NOTE: GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of
182 prologues and epilogues. FIXME.
183
184 The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the
185 .callinfo pseudo-op. */
186
187 struct call_info
188 {
189 /* The unwind descriptor being built. */
190 struct unwind_table ci_unwind;
191
192 /* Name of this function. */
193 symbolS *start_symbol;
194
195 /* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function. */
196 symbolS *end_symbol;
197
198 /* Next entry in the chain. */
199 struct call_info *ci_next;
200 };
201
202 /* Operand formats for FP instructions. Note not all FP instructions
203 allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows
204 SGL and DBL). */
205 typedef enum
206 {
207 SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW
208 }
209 fp_operand_format;
210
211 /* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to
212 an EXPORT or IMPORT directive. Only SOM uses this formation
213 (ELF has no need for it). */
214 typedef enum
215 {
216 SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
217 SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE,
218 SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE,
219 SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA,
220 SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY,
221 SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE,
222 SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL,
223 SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG,
224 SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG,
225 }
226 pa_symbol_type;
227
228 /* This structure contains information needed to assemble
229 individual instructions. */
230 struct pa_it
231 {
232 /* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip. */
233 unsigned long opcode;
234
235 /* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction. */
236 expressionS exp;
237
238 /* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing. */
239 int pcrel;
240
241 /* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2. */
242 fp_operand_format fpof1;
243 fp_operand_format fpof2;
244
245 /* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */
246 int trunc;
247
248 /* Holds the field selector for this instruction
249 (for example L%, LR%, etc). */
250 long field_selector;
251
252 /* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this
253 instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */
254 unsigned int arg_reloc;
255
256 /* The format specification for this instruction. */
257 int format;
258
259 /* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction. */
260 reloc_type reloc;
261 };
262
263 /* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this:
264
265 +--------------+--------------+
266 | 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R |
267 +--------------+--------------+
268 | 1 or 17L | 17 or 17R |
269 +--------------+--------------+
270 | | |
271
272 . . .
273 . . .
274 . . .
275
276 | | |
277 +--------------+--------------+
278 | 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R |
279 +--------------+--------------+
280 | 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R |
281 +--------------+--------------+ */
282
283 /* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */
284 struct call_desc
285 {
286 /* The argument relocation specification. */
287 unsigned int arg_reloc;
288
289 /* Number of arguments. */
290 unsigned int arg_count;
291 };
292
293 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
294 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
295 chain. */
296
297 struct subspace_dictionary_chain
298 {
299 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code. */
300 unsigned int ssd_defined;
301
302 /* Name of this subspace. */
303 char *ssd_name;
304
305 /* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace. */
306 asection *ssd_seg;
307 int ssd_subseg;
308
309 /* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain. */
310 struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next;
311 };
312
313 typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct;
314
315 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
316 chain. */
317
318 struct space_dictionary_chain
319 {
320 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or
321 as a default space. */
322 unsigned int sd_defined;
323
324 /* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code. */
325 unsigned int sd_user_defined;
326
327 /* The space number (or index). */
328 unsigned int sd_spnum;
329
330 /* The name of this subspace. */
331 char *sd_name;
332
333 /* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds. */
334 asection *sd_seg;
335
336 /* Current subsegment number being used. */
337 int sd_last_subseg;
338
339 /* The chain of subspaces contained within this space. */
340 ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces;
341
342 /* The next entry in the space dictionary chain. */
343 struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next;
344 };
345
346 typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct;
347
348 /* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace
349 dictionary entries. */
350
351 struct default_subspace_dict
352 {
353 /* Name of the subspace. */
354 char *name;
355
356 /* FIXME. Is this still needed? */
357 char defined;
358
359 /* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable. */
360 char loadable;
361
362 /* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */
363 char code_only;
364
365 /* Nonzero if this is a comdat subspace. */
366 char comdat;
367
368 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */
369 char common;
370
371 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols
372 to be multiply defined. */
373 char dup_common;
374
375 /* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled. */
376 char zero;
377
378 /* Sort key for this subspace. */
379 unsigned char sort;
380
381 /* Access control bits for this subspace. Can represent RWX access
382 as well as privilege level changes for gateways. */
383 int access;
384
385 /* Index of containing space. */
386 int space_index;
387
388 /* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace. */
389 int alignment;
390
391 /* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded. */
392 int quadrant;
393
394 /* An index into the default spaces array. */
395 int def_space_index;
396
397 /* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */
398 subsegT subsegment;
399 };
400
401 /* This structure defines attributes of the default space
402 dictionary entries. */
403
404 struct default_space_dict
405 {
406 /* Name of the space. */
407 char *name;
408
409 /* Space number. It is possible to identify spaces within
410 assembly code numerically! */
411 int spnum;
412
413 /* Nonzero if this space is loadable. */
414 char loadable;
415
416 /* Nonzero if this space is "defined". FIXME is still needed */
417 char defined;
418
419 /* Nonzero if this space can not be shared. */
420 char private;
421
422 /* Sort key for this space. */
423 unsigned char sort;
424
425 /* Segment associated with this space. */
426 asection *segment;
427 };
428 #endif
429
430 /* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments,
431 callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular
432 label. */
433 typedef struct label_symbol_struct
434 {
435 struct symbol *lss_label;
436 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
437 sd_chain_struct *lss_space;
438 #endif
439 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
440 segT lss_segment;
441 #endif
442 struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next;
443 }
444 label_symbol_struct;
445
446 /* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */
447 struct hppa_fix_struct
448 {
449 /* The field selector. */
450 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field;
451
452 /* Type of fixup. */
453 int fx_r_type;
454
455 /* Format of fixup. */
456 int fx_r_format;
457
458 /* Argument relocation bits. */
459 unsigned int fx_arg_reloc;
460
461 /* The segment this fixup appears in. */
462 segT segment;
463 };
464
465 /* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */
466
467 struct pd_reg
468 {
469 char *name;
470 int value;
471 };
472
473 /* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string
474 to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction. */
475 struct fp_cond_map
476 {
477 char *string;
478 int cond;
479 };
480
481 /* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector
482 string to a field selector type. */
483 struct selector_entry
484 {
485 char *prefix;
486 int field_selector;
487 };
488
489 /* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */
490
491 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
492 static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void);
493 #endif
494
495 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
496 static void pa_text (int);
497 static void pa_data (int);
498 static void pa_comm (int);
499 #endif
500 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
501 static int exact_log2 (int);
502 static void pa_compiler (int);
503 static void pa_align (int);
504 static void pa_space (int);
505 static void pa_spnum (int);
506 static void pa_subspace (int);
507 static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space (char *, int, int,
508 int, int, int,
509 asection *, int);
510 static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *,
511 char *, int, int,
512 int, int, int, int,
513 int, int, int, int,
514 int, asection *);
515 static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *,
516 char *, int, int, int,
517 int, int, int, int,
518 int, int, int, int,
519 asection *);
520 static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space (char *);
521 static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace (char *);
522 static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space (asection *);
523 static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *,
524 subsegT);
525 static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number (int);
526 static unsigned int pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *, int);
527 static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt (char *, int);
528 #endif
529
530 /* File and globally scoped variable declarations. */
531
532 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
533 /* Root and final entry in the space chain. */
534 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root;
535 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last;
536
537 /* The current space and subspace. */
538 static sd_chain_struct *current_space;
539 static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace;
540 #endif
541
542 /* Root of the call_info chain. */
543 static struct call_info *call_info_root;
544
545 /* The last call_info (for functions) structure
546 seen so it can be associated with fixups and
547 function labels. */
548 static struct call_info *last_call_info;
549
550 /* The last call description (for actual calls). */
551 static struct call_desc last_call_desc;
552
553 /* handle of the OPCODE hash table */
554 static struct hash_control *op_hash = NULL;
555
556 /* These characters can be suffixes of opcode names and they may be
557 followed by meaningful whitespace. We don't include `,' and `!'
558 as they never appear followed by meaningful whitespace. */
559 const char hppa_symbol_chars[] = "*?=<>";
560
561 /* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of
562 a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename'
563 .line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output.
564
565 Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the
566 first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs
567 #NO_APP at the beginning of its output.
568
569 Also note that C style comments will always work. */
570 const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
571
572 /* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the
573 pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */
574 const char comment_chars[] = ";";
575
576 /* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */
577 const char line_separator_chars[] = "!";
578
579 /* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums. */
580 const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
581
582 /* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant.
583 As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12.
584
585 Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be
586 changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't hae to know abou it at
587 all, but nothing is ideal around here. */
588 const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
589
590 static struct pa_it the_insn;
591
592 /* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expression
593 and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global
594 variable. */
595 static char *expr_end;
596
597 /* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure. */
598 static int callinfo_found;
599
600 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair. */
601 static int within_entry_exit;
602
603 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */
604 static int within_procedure;
605
606 /* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol
607 seen in each subspace. */
608 static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
609
610 /* Holds the last field selector. */
611 static int hppa_field_selector;
612
613 /* Nonzero when strict matching is enabled. Zero otherwise.
614
615 Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or
616 not strict matching should be enabled for that instruction.
617
618 Mainly, strict causes errors to be ignored when a match failure
619 occurs. However, it also affects the parsing of register fields
620 by pa_parse_number. */
621 static int strict;
622
623 /* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'. Mostly
624 pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating
625 point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards.
626 The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point
627 register has a `r' suffix. */
628 #define FP_REG_BASE 64
629 #define FP_REG_RSEL 128
630 static int pa_number;
631
632 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
633 /* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */
634 static symbolS *dummy_symbol;
635 #endif
636
637 /* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */
638 static int print_errors = 1;
639
640 /* List of registers that are pre-defined:
641
642 Each general register has one predefined name of the form
643 %r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>.
644
645 Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner,
646 but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names.
647
648 Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form
649 %fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined
650 names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which
651 again have the value <REGNUM>.
652
653 Many registers also have synonyms:
654
655 %r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms
656 %r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms
657 %fr4 - %fr7 have %farg0 - %farg3 as synonyms
658 %r30 has %sp as a synonym
659 %r27 has %dp as a synonym
660 %r2 has %rp as a synonym
661
662 Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed
663 here for brevity.
664
665 The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */
666
667 static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] =
668 {
669 {"%arg0", 26},
670 {"%arg1", 25},
671 {"%arg2", 24},
672 {"%arg3", 23},
673 {"%cr0", 0},
674 {"%cr10", 10},
675 {"%cr11", 11},
676 {"%cr12", 12},
677 {"%cr13", 13},
678 {"%cr14", 14},
679 {"%cr15", 15},
680 {"%cr16", 16},
681 {"%cr17", 17},
682 {"%cr18", 18},
683 {"%cr19", 19},
684 {"%cr20", 20},
685 {"%cr21", 21},
686 {"%cr22", 22},
687 {"%cr23", 23},
688 {"%cr24", 24},
689 {"%cr25", 25},
690 {"%cr26", 26},
691 {"%cr27", 27},
692 {"%cr28", 28},
693 {"%cr29", 29},
694 {"%cr30", 30},
695 {"%cr31", 31},
696 {"%cr8", 8},
697 {"%cr9", 9},
698 {"%dp", 27},
699 {"%eiem", 15},
700 {"%eirr", 23},
701 {"%farg0", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
702 {"%farg1", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
703 {"%farg2", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
704 {"%farg3", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
705 {"%fr0", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
706 {"%fr0l", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
707 {"%fr0r", 0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
708 {"%fr1", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
709 {"%fr10", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
710 {"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
711 {"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
712 {"%fr11", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
713 {"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
714 {"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
715 {"%fr12", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
716 {"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
717 {"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
718 {"%fr13", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
719 {"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
720 {"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
721 {"%fr14", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
722 {"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
723 {"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
724 {"%fr15", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
725 {"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
726 {"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
727 {"%fr16", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
728 {"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
729 {"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
730 {"%fr17", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
731 {"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
732 {"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
733 {"%fr18", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
734 {"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
735 {"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
736 {"%fr19", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
737 {"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
738 {"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
739 {"%fr1l", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
740 {"%fr1r", 1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
741 {"%fr2", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
742 {"%fr20", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
743 {"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
744 {"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
745 {"%fr21", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
746 {"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
747 {"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
748 {"%fr22", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
749 {"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
750 {"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
751 {"%fr23", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
752 {"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
753 {"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
754 {"%fr24", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
755 {"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
756 {"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
757 {"%fr25", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
758 {"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
759 {"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
760 {"%fr26", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
761 {"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
762 {"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
763 {"%fr27", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
764 {"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
765 {"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
766 {"%fr28", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
767 {"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
768 {"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
769 {"%fr29", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
770 {"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
771 {"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
772 {"%fr2l", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
773 {"%fr2r", 2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
774 {"%fr3", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
775 {"%fr30", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
776 {"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
777 {"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
778 {"%fr31", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
779 {"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
780 {"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
781 {"%fr3l", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
782 {"%fr3r", 3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
783 {"%fr4", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
784 {"%fr4l", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
785 {"%fr4r", 4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
786 {"%fr5", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
787 {"%fr5l", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
788 {"%fr5r", 5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
789 {"%fr6", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
790 {"%fr6l", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
791 {"%fr6r", 6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
792 {"%fr7", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
793 {"%fr7l", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
794 {"%fr7r", 7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
795 {"%fr8", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
796 {"%fr8l", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
797 {"%fr8r", 8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
798 {"%fr9", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
799 {"%fr9l", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
800 {"%fr9r", 9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
801 {"%fret", 4},
802 {"%hta", 25},
803 {"%iir", 19},
804 {"%ior", 21},
805 {"%ipsw", 22},
806 {"%isr", 20},
807 {"%itmr", 16},
808 {"%iva", 14},
809 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
810 {"%mrp", 2},
811 #else
812 {"%mrp", 31},
813 #endif
814 {"%pcoq", 18},
815 {"%pcsq", 17},
816 {"%pidr1", 8},
817 {"%pidr2", 9},
818 {"%pidr3", 12},
819 {"%pidr4", 13},
820 {"%ppda", 24},
821 {"%r0", 0},
822 {"%r1", 1},
823 {"%r10", 10},
824 {"%r11", 11},
825 {"%r12", 12},
826 {"%r13", 13},
827 {"%r14", 14},
828 {"%r15", 15},
829 {"%r16", 16},
830 {"%r17", 17},
831 {"%r18", 18},
832 {"%r19", 19},
833 {"%r2", 2},
834 {"%r20", 20},
835 {"%r21", 21},
836 {"%r22", 22},
837 {"%r23", 23},
838 {"%r24", 24},
839 {"%r25", 25},
840 {"%r26", 26},
841 {"%r27", 27},
842 {"%r28", 28},
843 {"%r29", 29},
844 {"%r3", 3},
845 {"%r30", 30},
846 {"%r31", 31},
847 {"%r4", 4},
848 {"%r5", 5},
849 {"%r6", 6},
850 {"%r7", 7},
851 {"%r8", 8},
852 {"%r9", 9},
853 {"%rctr", 0},
854 {"%ret0", 28},
855 {"%ret1", 29},
856 {"%rp", 2},
857 {"%sar", 11},
858 {"%sp", 30},
859 {"%sr0", 0},
860 {"%sr1", 1},
861 {"%sr2", 2},
862 {"%sr3", 3},
863 {"%sr4", 4},
864 {"%sr5", 5},
865 {"%sr6", 6},
866 {"%sr7", 7},
867 {"%t1", 22},
868 {"%t2", 21},
869 {"%t3", 20},
870 {"%t4", 19},
871 {"%tf1", 11},
872 {"%tf2", 10},
873 {"%tf3", 9},
874 {"%tf4", 8},
875 {"%tr0", 24},
876 {"%tr1", 25},
877 {"%tr2", 26},
878 {"%tr3", 27},
879 {"%tr4", 28},
880 {"%tr5", 29},
881 {"%tr6", 30},
882 {"%tr7", 31}
883 };
884
885 /* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is
886 so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked
887 for < first, we would get a false match. */
888 static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] =
889 {
890 {"false?", 0},
891 {"false", 1},
892 {"true?", 30},
893 {"true", 31},
894 {"!<=>", 3},
895 {"!?>=", 8},
896 {"!?<=", 16},
897 {"!<>", 7},
898 {"!>=", 11},
899 {"!?>", 12},
900 {"?<=", 14},
901 {"!<=", 19},
902 {"!?<", 20},
903 {"?>=", 22},
904 {"!?=", 24},
905 {"!=t", 27},
906 {"<=>", 29},
907 {"=t", 5},
908 {"?=", 6},
909 {"?<", 10},
910 {"<=", 13},
911 {"!>", 15},
912 {"?>", 18},
913 {">=", 21},
914 {"!<", 23},
915 {"<>", 25},
916 {"!=", 26},
917 {"!?", 28},
918 {"?", 2},
919 {"=", 4},
920 {"<", 9},
921 {">", 17}
922 };
923
924 static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] =
925 {
926 {"f", e_fsel},
927 {"l", e_lsel},
928 {"ld", e_ldsel},
929 {"lp", e_lpsel},
930 {"lr", e_lrsel},
931 {"ls", e_lssel},
932 {"lt", e_ltsel},
933 {"ltp", e_ltpsel},
934 {"n", e_nsel},
935 {"nl", e_nlsel},
936 {"nlr", e_nlrsel},
937 {"p", e_psel},
938 {"r", e_rsel},
939 {"rd", e_rdsel},
940 {"rp", e_rpsel},
941 {"rr", e_rrsel},
942 {"rs", e_rssel},
943 {"rt", e_rtsel},
944 {"rtp", e_rtpsel},
945 {"t", e_tsel},
946 };
947
948 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
949 /* default space and subspace dictionaries */
950
951 #define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME
952 #define GDB_STRINGS GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME
953
954 /* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */
955 #define SUBSEG_CODE 0
956 #define SUBSEG_LIT 1
957 #define SUBSEG_MILLI 2
958 #define SUBSEG_DATA 0
959 #define SUBSEG_BSS 2
960 #define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3
961 #define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0
962 #define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1
963
964 static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] =
965 {
966 {"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE},
967 {"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA},
968 {"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT},
969 {"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI},
970 {"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS},
971 {NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0}
972 };
973
974 static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] =
975 {
976 {"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL},
977 {"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL},
978 {NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL}
979 };
980
981 /* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */
982
983 /* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */
984 #define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined
985 #define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined
986 #define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_spnum
987 #define SPACE_NAME(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_name
988
989 #define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined
990 #define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name
991 #endif
992
993 /* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents
994 a right or left half of a FP register */
995 #define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r')
996 #define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l')
997
998 /* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip
999 main loop after insertion. */
1000
1001 #define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \
1002 { \
1003 ((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \
1004 continue; \
1005 }
1006
1007 /* Simple range checking for FIELD against HIGH and LOW bounds.
1008 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1009
1010 #define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \
1011 { \
1012 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1013 { \
1014 if (! IGNORE) \
1015 as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1016 (int) (FIELD));\
1017 break; \
1018 } \
1019 }
1020
1021 /* Variant of CHECK_FIELD for use in md_apply_fix and other places where
1022 the current file and line number are not valid. */
1023
1024 #define CHECK_FIELD_WHERE(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, FILENAME, LINE) \
1025 { \
1026 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1027 { \
1028 as_bad_where ((FILENAME), (LINE), \
1029 _("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1030 (int) (FIELD));\
1031 break; \
1032 } \
1033 }
1034
1035 /* Simple alignment checking for FIELD against ALIGN (a power of two).
1036 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1037
1038 #define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \
1039 { \
1040 if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \
1041 { \
1042 if (! IGNORE) \
1043 as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \
1044 (int) (FIELD));\
1045 break; \
1046 } \
1047 }
1048
1049 #define is_DP_relative(exp) \
1050 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1051 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0)
1052
1053 #define is_PC_relative(exp) \
1054 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1055 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0)
1056
1057 #define is_tls_gdidx(exp) \
1058 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1059 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0)
1060
1061 #define is_tls_ldidx(exp) \
1062 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1063 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0)
1064
1065 #define is_tls_dtpoff(exp) \
1066 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1067 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0)
1068
1069 #define is_tls_ieoff(exp) \
1070 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1071 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0)
1072
1073 #define is_tls_leoff(exp) \
1074 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1075 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_leoff$") == 0)
1076
1077 /* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll
1078 always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't
1079 need real complex handling yet. */
1080 #define is_complex(exp) \
1081 ((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol)
1082
1083 /* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */
1084
1085 /* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and
1086 proc/procend pairs match. */
1087
1088 void
1089 pa_check_eof (void)
1090 {
1091 if (within_entry_exit)
1092 as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n"));
1093
1094 if (within_procedure)
1095 as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n"));
1096 }
1097
1098 /* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space.
1099 or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */
1100
1101 static label_symbol_struct *
1102 pa_get_label (void)
1103 {
1104 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1105
1106 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1107 label_chain;
1108 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1109 {
1110 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1111 if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label)
1112 return label_chain;
1113 #endif
1114 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1115 if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label)
1116 return label_chain;
1117 #endif
1118 }
1119
1120 return NULL;
1121 }
1122
1123 /* Defines a label for the current space. If one is already defined,
1124 this function will replace it with the new label. */
1125
1126 void
1127 pa_define_label (symbolS *symbol)
1128 {
1129 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = pa_get_label ();
1130
1131 if (label_chain)
1132 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1133 else
1134 {
1135 /* Create a new label entry and add it to the head of the chain. */
1136 label_chain = xmalloc (sizeof (label_symbol_struct));
1137 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1138 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1139 label_chain->lss_space = current_space;
1140 #endif
1141 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1142 label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg;
1143 #endif
1144 label_chain->lss_next = NULL;
1145
1146 if (label_symbols_rootp)
1147 label_chain->lss_next = label_symbols_rootp;
1148
1149 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain;
1150 }
1151
1152 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1153 dwarf2_emit_label (symbol);
1154 #endif
1155 }
1156
1157 /* Removes a label definition for the current space.
1158 If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */
1159
1160 static void
1161 pa_undefine_label (void)
1162 {
1163 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1164 label_symbol_struct *prev_label_chain = NULL;
1165
1166 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1167 label_chain;
1168 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1169 {
1170 if (1
1171 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1172 && current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label
1173 #endif
1174 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1175 && now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label
1176 #endif
1177 )
1178 {
1179 /* Remove the label from the chain and free its memory. */
1180 if (prev_label_chain)
1181 prev_label_chain->lss_next = label_chain->lss_next;
1182 else
1183 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain->lss_next;
1184
1185 free (label_chain);
1186 break;
1187 }
1188 prev_label_chain = label_chain;
1189 }
1190 }
1191
1192 /* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA
1193 code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa
1194 results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An
1195 hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the
1196 original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the
1197 tc_fix_data field. */
1198
1199 static void
1200 fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag,
1201 int where,
1202 int size,
1203 symbolS *add_symbol,
1204 offsetT offset,
1205 expressionS *exp,
1206 int pcrel,
1207 bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type,
1208 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field,
1209 int r_format,
1210 unsigned int arg_reloc,
1211 int unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1212 {
1213 fixS *new_fix;
1214 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
1215
1216 if (exp != NULL)
1217 new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type);
1218 else
1219 new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type);
1220 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
1221 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type;
1222 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field;
1223 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format;
1224 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc;
1225 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
1226 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1227 if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT)
1228 new_fix->fx_offset = unwind_bits;
1229 #endif
1230
1231 /* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$
1232 is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate
1233 it now so as not to confuse write.c. Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0. */
1234 if (new_fix->fx_subsy
1235 && (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0
1236 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0
1237 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0
1238 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0
1239 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0
1240 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0
1241 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_leoff$") == 0))
1242 new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL;
1243 }
1244
1245 /* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW.
1246 hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */
1247
1248 void
1249 cons_fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag, int where, int size, expressionS *exp)
1250 {
1251 unsigned int rel_type;
1252
1253 /* Get a base relocation type. */
1254 if (is_DP_relative (*exp))
1255 rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
1256 else if (is_PC_relative (*exp))
1257 rel_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
1258 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1259 else if (is_tls_gdidx (*exp))
1260 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
1261 else if (is_tls_ldidx (*exp))
1262 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
1263 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (*exp))
1264 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
1265 else if (is_tls_ieoff (*exp))
1266 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
1267 else if (is_tls_leoff (*exp))
1268 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
1269 #endif
1270 else if (is_complex (*exp))
1271 rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX;
1272 else
1273 rel_type = R_HPPA;
1274
1275 if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel)
1276 {
1277 as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%."));
1278 hppa_field_selector = e_fsel;
1279 }
1280
1281 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size,
1282 (symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type,
1283 hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, 0);
1284
1285 /* Reset field selector to its default state. */
1286 hppa_field_selector = 0;
1287 }
1288
1289 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */
1290
1291 static void
1292 get_expression (char *str)
1293 {
1294 char *save_in;
1295 asection *seg;
1296
1297 save_in = input_line_pointer;
1298 input_line_pointer = str;
1299 seg = expression (&the_insn.exp);
1300 if (!(seg == absolute_section
1301 || seg == undefined_section
1302 || SEG_NORMAL (seg)))
1303 {
1304 as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression."));
1305 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
1306 input_line_pointer = save_in;
1307 return;
1308 }
1309 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
1310 input_line_pointer = save_in;
1311 }
1312
1313 /* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the
1314 completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */
1315
1316 static int
1317 pa_parse_nullif (char **s)
1318 {
1319 int nullif;
1320
1321 nullif = 0;
1322 if (**s == ',')
1323 {
1324 *s = *s + 1;
1325 if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0)
1326 nullif = 1;
1327 else
1328 {
1329 as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s);
1330 nullif = 0;
1331 }
1332 *s = *s + 1;
1333 }
1334
1335 return nullif;
1336 }
1337
1338 /* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant of type
1339 type, and store the appropriate bytes in *litP. The number of LITTLENUMS
1340 emitted is stored in *sizeP . An error message or NULL is returned. */
1341
1342 #define MAX_LITTLENUMS 6
1343
1344 char *
1345 md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP)
1346 {
1347 int prec;
1348 LITTLENUM_TYPE words[MAX_LITTLENUMS];
1349 LITTLENUM_TYPE *wordP;
1350 char *t;
1351
1352 switch (type)
1353 {
1354
1355 case 'f':
1356 case 'F':
1357 case 's':
1358 case 'S':
1359 prec = 2;
1360 break;
1361
1362 case 'd':
1363 case 'D':
1364 case 'r':
1365 case 'R':
1366 prec = 4;
1367 break;
1368
1369 case 'x':
1370 case 'X':
1371 prec = 6;
1372 break;
1373
1374 case 'p':
1375 case 'P':
1376 prec = 6;
1377 break;
1378
1379 default:
1380 *sizeP = 0;
1381 return _("Bad call to MD_ATOF()");
1382 }
1383 t = atof_ieee (input_line_pointer, type, words);
1384 if (t)
1385 input_line_pointer = t;
1386 *sizeP = prec * sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
1387 for (wordP = words; prec--;)
1388 {
1389 md_number_to_chars (litP, (valueT) (*wordP++), sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE));
1390 litP += sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
1391 }
1392 return NULL;
1393 }
1394
1395 /* Write out big-endian. */
1396
1397 void
1398 md_number_to_chars (char *buf, valueT val, int n)
1399 {
1400 number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
1401 }
1402
1403 /* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
1404 format. */
1405
1406 arelent **
1407 tc_gen_reloc (asection *section, fixS *fixp)
1408 {
1409 arelent *reloc;
1410 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
1411 static arelent *no_relocs = NULL;
1412 arelent **relocs;
1413 reloc_type **codes;
1414 reloc_type code;
1415 int n_relocs;
1416 int i;
1417
1418 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
1419 if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0)
1420 return &no_relocs;
1421
1422 assert (hppa_fixp != 0);
1423 assert (section != 0);
1424
1425 reloc = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
1426
1427 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1428 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1429 codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput,
1430 fixp->fx_r_type,
1431 hppa_fixp->fx_r_format,
1432 hppa_fixp->fx_r_field,
1433 fixp->fx_subsy != NULL,
1434 symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy));
1435
1436 if (codes == NULL)
1437 {
1438 as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, _("Cannot handle fixup"));
1439 abort ();
1440 }
1441
1442 for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++)
1443 ;
1444
1445 relocs = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent *) * n_relocs + 1);
1446 reloc = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent) * n_relocs);
1447 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
1448 relocs[i] = &reloc[i];
1449
1450 relocs[n_relocs] = NULL;
1451
1452 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1453 switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
1454 {
1455 default:
1456 assert (n_relocs == 1);
1457
1458 code = *codes[0];
1459
1460 /* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */
1461 switch (code)
1462 {
1463 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
1464 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
1465 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F:
1466 case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
1467 case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
1468 case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
1469 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
1470 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
1471 (static link required). This adjustment is done in
1472 bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section.
1473
1474 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
1475 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
1476 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
1477 reloc->addend = 0;
1478 break;
1479
1480 #ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC
1481 case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
1482 case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
1483 case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
1484 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
1485 case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
1486 case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
1487 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
1488 reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc,
1489 fixp->fx_offset);
1490 break;
1491 #endif
1492
1493 case R_PARISC_DIR32:
1494 /* Facilitate hand-crafted unwind info. */
1495 if (strcmp (section->name, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
1496 code = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
1497 /* Fall thru */
1498
1499 default:
1500 reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
1501 break;
1502 }
1503
1504 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1505 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1506 reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1507 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
1508 reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1509
1510 assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type);
1511 break;
1512 }
1513 #else /* OBJ_SOM */
1514
1515 /* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */
1516 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
1517 {
1518 code = *codes[i];
1519
1520 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1521 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1522 relocs[i]->howto =
1523 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1524 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
1525 relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1526
1527 switch (code)
1528 {
1529 case R_COMP2:
1530 /* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference
1531 of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four
1532 relocs now and break out of the loop. */
1533 assert (i == 1);
1534 relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr
1535 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
1536 relocs[0]->howto
1537 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1538 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]);
1539 relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1540 relocs[0]->addend = 0;
1541 relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1542 *relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1543 relocs[1]->howto
1544 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1545 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]);
1546 relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1547 relocs[1]->addend = 0;
1548 relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1549 *relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy);
1550 relocs[2]->howto
1551 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1552 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]);
1553 relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1554 relocs[2]->addend = 0;
1555 relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr
1556 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
1557 relocs[3]->howto
1558 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1559 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]);
1560 relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1561 relocs[3]->addend = 0;
1562 relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr
1563 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
1564 relocs[4]->howto
1565 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1566 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]);
1567 relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1568 relocs[4]->addend = 0;
1569 goto done;
1570 case R_PCREL_CALL:
1571 case R_ABS_CALL:
1572 relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0);
1573 break;
1574
1575 case R_DLT_REL:
1576 case R_DATA_PLABEL:
1577 case R_CODE_PLABEL:
1578 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
1579 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
1580 (static link required).
1581
1582 FIXME: We always assume no static link!
1583
1584 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
1585 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
1586 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
1587 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
1588 break;
1589
1590 case R_N_MODE:
1591 case R_S_MODE:
1592 case R_D_MODE:
1593 case R_R_MODE:
1594 case R_FSEL:
1595 case R_LSEL:
1596 case R_RSEL:
1597 case R_BEGIN_BRTAB:
1598 case R_END_BRTAB:
1599 case R_BEGIN_TRY:
1600 case R_N0SEL:
1601 case R_N1SEL:
1602 /* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */
1603 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1604 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1605 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
1606 break;
1607
1608 case R_END_TRY:
1609 case R_ENTRY:
1610 case R_EXIT:
1611 /* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */
1612 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1613 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1614 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
1615 break;
1616
1617 default:
1618 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
1619 }
1620 }
1621
1622 done:
1623 #endif
1624
1625 return relocs;
1626 }
1627
1628 /* Process any machine dependent frag types. */
1629
1630 void
1631 md_convert_frag (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1632 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1633 fragS *fragP)
1634 {
1635 unsigned int address;
1636
1637 if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent)
1638 {
1639 switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype)
1640 {
1641 case 0:
1642 fragP->fr_type = rs_fill;
1643 know (fragP->fr_var == 1);
1644 know (fragP->fr_next);
1645 address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
1646 if (address % fragP->fr_offset)
1647 {
1648 fragP->fr_offset =
1649 fragP->fr_next->fr_address
1650 - fragP->fr_address
1651 - fragP->fr_fix;
1652 }
1653 else
1654 fragP->fr_offset = 0;
1655 break;
1656 }
1657 }
1658 }
1659
1660 /* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */
1661
1662 valueT
1663 md_section_align (asection *segment, valueT size)
1664 {
1665 int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment);
1666 int align2 = (1 << align) - 1;
1667
1668 return (size + align2) & ~align2;
1669 }
1670
1671 /* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */
1672
1673 int
1674 md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragS *fragP, asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1675 {
1676 int size;
1677
1678 size = 0;
1679
1680 while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset)
1681 size++;
1682
1683 return size;
1684 }
1685 \f
1686 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1687 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1688 const char *md_shortopts = "Vc";
1689 # else
1690 const char *md_shortopts = "V";
1691 # endif
1692 #else
1693 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1694 const char *md_shortopts = "c";
1695 # else
1696 const char *md_shortopts = "";
1697 # endif
1698 #endif
1699
1700 struct option md_longopts[] =
1701 {
1702 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1703 {"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'},
1704 #endif
1705 {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
1706 };
1707 size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
1708
1709 int
1710 md_parse_option (int c, char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1711 {
1712 switch (c)
1713 {
1714 default:
1715 return 0;
1716
1717 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1718 case 'V':
1719 print_version_id ();
1720 break;
1721 #endif
1722 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1723 case 'c':
1724 warn_comment = 1;
1725 break;
1726 #endif
1727 }
1728
1729 return 1;
1730 }
1731
1732 void
1733 md_show_usage (FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1734 {
1735 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1736 fprintf (stream, _("\
1737 -Q ignored\n"));
1738 #endif
1739 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1740 fprintf (stream, _("\
1741 -c print a warning if a comment is found\n"));
1742 #endif
1743 }
1744 \f
1745 /* We have no need to default values of symbols. */
1746
1747 symbolS *
1748 md_undefined_symbol (char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1749 {
1750 return NULL;
1751 }
1752
1753 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
1754 #define nonzero_dibits(x) \
1755 ((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1))
1756 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \
1757 (((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE))
1758 #else
1759 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0
1760 #endif
1761
1762 /* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */
1763
1764 void
1765 md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP, valueT *valP, segT seg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1766 {
1767 char *fixpos;
1768 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP;
1769 offsetT new_val;
1770 int insn, val, fmt;
1771
1772 /* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can
1773 never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for
1774 R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */
1775 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1776 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY
1777 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT
1778 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
1779 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
1780 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY)
1781 return;
1782
1783 /* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY
1784 fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes
1785 adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */
1786 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY)
1787 {
1788 fixP->fx_offset = * valP;
1789 return;
1790 }
1791 #endif
1792 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1793 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY
1794 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT)
1795 return;
1796 #endif
1797
1798 if (fixP->fx_addsy == NULL && fixP->fx_pcrel == 0)
1799 fixP->fx_done = 1;
1800
1801 /* There should be a HPPA specific fixup associated with the GAS fixup. */
1802 hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data;
1803 if (hppa_fixP == NULL)
1804 {
1805 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
1806 _("no hppa_fixup entry for fixup type 0x%x"),
1807 fixP->fx_r_type);
1808 return;
1809 }
1810
1811 fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
1812
1813 if (fixP->fx_size != 4 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_format == 32)
1814 {
1815 /* Handle constant output. */
1816 number_to_chars_bigendian (fixpos, *valP, fixP->fx_size);
1817 return;
1818 }
1819
1820 insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, fixpos);
1821 fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn);
1822
1823 /* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something
1824 which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs).
1825 In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it
1826 will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */
1827 if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
1828 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE)
1829 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1830 && fmt != 32
1831 #endif
1832 )
1833 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
1834 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1835 /* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */
1836 else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel
1837 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
1838 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel
1839 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel
1840 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
1841 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel)
1842 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
1843 #endif
1844 else
1845 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
1846
1847 /* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */
1848 if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22)
1849 && fixP->fx_addsy
1850 && fixP->fx_pcrel
1851 && !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy),
1852 hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc)
1853 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1854 && (* valP - 8 + 8192 < 16384
1855 || (fmt == 17 && * valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288)
1856 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
1857 #endif
1858 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1859 && (* valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288
1860 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
1861 #endif
1862 && !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy)
1863 && !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy)
1864 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment
1865 && !(fixP->fx_subsy
1866 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment))
1867 {
1868 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
1869 }
1870
1871 switch (fmt)
1872 {
1873 case 10:
1874 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
1875 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1876 val = new_val;
1877
1878 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1)
1879 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
1880 break;
1881 case -11:
1882 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
1883 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1884 val = new_val;
1885
1886 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1)
1887 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
1888 break;
1889 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */
1890 case 14:
1891 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
1892 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1893 val = new_val;
1894
1895 insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14));
1896 break;
1897
1898 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */
1899 case 21:
1900 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1048575, -1048576,
1901 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1902 val = new_val;
1903
1904 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val);
1905 break;
1906
1907 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */
1908 case 11:
1909 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1023, -1024,
1910 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1911 val = new_val;
1912
1913 insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11);
1914 break;
1915
1916 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */
1917 case 12:
1918 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192,
1919 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1920 val = new_val - 8;
1921
1922 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2);
1923 break;
1924
1925 /* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */
1926 case 17:
1927 {
1928 offsetT distance = * valP;
1929
1930 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
1931 range target, then we want to complain. */
1932 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
1933 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
1934 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 262143, -262144,
1935 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1936
1937 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144,
1938 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1939 val = new_val - 8;
1940
1941 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2);
1942 break;
1943 }
1944
1945 case 22:
1946 {
1947 offsetT distance = * valP;
1948
1949 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
1950 range target, then we want to complain. */
1951 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
1952 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
1953 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
1954 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1955
1956 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
1957 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1958 val = new_val - 8;
1959
1960 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2);
1961 break;
1962 }
1963
1964 case -10:
1965 val = new_val;
1966 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8);
1967 break;
1968
1969 case -16:
1970 val = new_val;
1971 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4);
1972 break;
1973
1974 case 16:
1975 val = new_val;
1976 insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val);
1977 break;
1978
1979 case 32:
1980 insn = new_val;
1981 break;
1982
1983 default:
1984 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
1985 _("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix."));
1986 return;
1987 }
1988
1989 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1990 switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
1991 {
1992 case R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L:
1993 case R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R:
1994 case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L:
1995 case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R:
1996 case R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L:
1997 case R_PARISC_TLS_LE14R:
1998 case R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L:
1999 case R_PARISC_TLS_IE14R:
2000 if (fixP->fx_addsy)
2001 S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
2002 break;
2003 default:
2004 break;
2005 }
2006 #endif
2007
2008 /* Insert the relocation. */
2009 bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, fixpos);
2010 }
2011
2012 /* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO?
2013 On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */
2014
2015 long
2016 md_pcrel_from (fixS *fixP)
2017 {
2018 return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
2019 }
2020
2021 /* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of
2022 a statement. */
2023
2024 static int
2025 is_end_of_statement (void)
2026 {
2027 return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n')
2028 || (*input_line_pointer == ';')
2029 || (*input_line_pointer == '!'));
2030 }
2031
2032 #define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof (pre_defined_registers) / sizeof (struct pd_reg))
2033
2034 /* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return
2035 the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */
2036
2037 static int
2038 reg_name_search (char *name)
2039 {
2040 int middle, low, high;
2041 int cmp;
2042
2043 low = 0;
2044 high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1;
2045
2046 do
2047 {
2048 middle = (low + high) / 2;
2049 cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name);
2050 if (cmp < 0)
2051 high = middle - 1;
2052 else if (cmp > 0)
2053 low = middle + 1;
2054 else
2055 return pre_defined_registers[middle].value;
2056 }
2057 while (low <= high);
2058
2059 return -1;
2060 }
2061
2062 /* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms,
2063 the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be
2064 a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol.
2065
2066 Return 1 on success or 0 on failure. If STRICT, then a missing
2067 register prefix will cause a failure. The number itself is
2068 returned in `pa_number'.
2069
2070 IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be
2071 parsed; A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is
2072 not set.
2073
2074 pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail
2075 horribly if it is passed such a constant. */
2076
2077 static int
2078 pa_parse_number (char **s, int is_float)
2079 {
2080 int num;
2081 char *name;
2082 char c;
2083 symbolS *sym;
2084 int status;
2085 char *p = *s;
2086 bfd_boolean have_prefix;
2087
2088 /* Skip whitespace before the number. */
2089 while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
2090 p = p + 1;
2091
2092 pa_number = -1;
2093 have_prefix = 0;
2094 num = 0;
2095 if (!strict && ISDIGIT (*p))
2096 {
2097 /* Looks like a number. */
2098
2099 if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X'))
2100 {
2101 /* The number is specified in hex. */
2102 p += 2;
2103 while (ISDIGIT (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f'))
2104 || ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F')))
2105 {
2106 if (ISDIGIT (*p))
2107 num = num * 16 + *p - '0';
2108 else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f')
2109 num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10;
2110 else
2111 num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10;
2112 ++p;
2113 }
2114 }
2115 else
2116 {
2117 /* The number is specified in decimal. */
2118 while (ISDIGIT (*p))
2119 {
2120 num = num * 10 + *p - '0';
2121 ++p;
2122 }
2123 }
2124
2125 pa_number = num;
2126
2127 /* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix. */
2128 if (is_float)
2129 {
2130 pa_number += FP_REG_BASE;
2131 if (! (is_float & 2))
2132 {
2133 if (IS_R_SELECT (p))
2134 {
2135 pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL;
2136 ++p;
2137 }
2138 else if (IS_L_SELECT (p))
2139 {
2140 ++p;
2141 }
2142 }
2143 }
2144 }
2145 else if (*p == '%')
2146 {
2147 /* The number might be a predefined register. */
2148 have_prefix = 1;
2149 name = p;
2150 p++;
2151 c = *p;
2152 /* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general
2153 code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY
2154 slow. */
2155 if (c == 'r')
2156 {
2157 p++;
2158 if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't'
2159 && (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1'))
2160 {
2161 p += 2;
2162 num = *p - '0' + 28;
2163 p++;
2164 }
2165 else if (*p == 'p')
2166 {
2167 num = 2;
2168 p++;
2169 }
2170 else if (!ISDIGIT (*p))
2171 {
2172 if (print_errors)
2173 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
2174 num = -1;
2175 }
2176 else
2177 {
2178 do
2179 num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0';
2180 while (ISDIGIT (*p));
2181 }
2182 }
2183 else
2184 {
2185 /* Do a normal register search. */
2186 while (is_part_of_name (c))
2187 {
2188 p = p + 1;
2189 c = *p;
2190 }
2191 *p = 0;
2192 status = reg_name_search (name);
2193 if (status >= 0)
2194 num = status;
2195 else
2196 {
2197 if (print_errors)
2198 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
2199 num = -1;
2200 }
2201 *p = c;
2202 }
2203
2204 pa_number = num;
2205 }
2206 else
2207 {
2208 /* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which
2209 is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol. */
2210 name = p;
2211 c = *p;
2212 while (is_part_of_name (c))
2213 {
2214 p = p + 1;
2215 c = *p;
2216 }
2217 *p = 0;
2218 if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL)
2219 {
2220 if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section)
2221 {
2222 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
2223 /* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a
2224 register, so... */
2225 have_prefix = TRUE;
2226 }
2227 else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == &bfd_abs_section)
2228 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
2229 else if (!strict)
2230 {
2231 if (print_errors)
2232 as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name);
2233 num = -1;
2234 }
2235 }
2236 else if (!strict)
2237 {
2238 /* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol
2239 or for an empty string. For an empty string we
2240 will return zero. That's a concession made for
2241 compatibility with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */
2242 if (*name == 0)
2243 num = 0;
2244 else
2245 {
2246 if (print_errors)
2247 as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name);
2248 num = -1;
2249 }
2250 }
2251 *p = c;
2252
2253 pa_number = num;
2254 }
2255
2256 if (!strict || have_prefix)
2257 {
2258 *s = p;
2259 return 1;
2260 }
2261 return 0;
2262 }
2263
2264 /* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require
2265 a new PA-1.1 opcode. */
2266
2267 static int
2268 need_pa11_opcode (void)
2269 {
2270 if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0
2271 && !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL))
2272 {
2273 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
2274 then set a new architecture. */
2275 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11)
2276 {
2277 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11))
2278 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
2279 }
2280 return TRUE;
2281 }
2282 else
2283 return FALSE;
2284 }
2285
2286 /* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical
2287 code associated with the condition. */
2288
2289 static int
2290 pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (char **s)
2291 {
2292 int cond, i;
2293
2294 cond = 0;
2295
2296 for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
2297 {
2298 if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string,
2299 strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0)
2300 {
2301 cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond;
2302 *s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
2303 /* If not a complete match, back up the input string and
2304 report an error. */
2305 if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2306 {
2307 *s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
2308 break;
2309 }
2310 while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t')
2311 *s = *s + 1;
2312 return cond;
2313 }
2314 }
2315
2316 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s);
2317
2318 /* Advance over the bogus completer. */
2319 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2320 *s += 1;
2321
2322 return 0;
2323 }
2324
2325 /* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */
2326
2327 static int
2328 pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (char **s)
2329 {
2330 int value;
2331
2332 value = 0;
2333 if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0)
2334 {
2335 value = 5;
2336 *s += 4;
2337 }
2338 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0)
2339 {
2340 value = 9;
2341 *s += 4;
2342 }
2343 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0)
2344 {
2345 value = 13;
2346 *s += 4;
2347 }
2348 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0)
2349 {
2350 value = 17;
2351 *s += 4;
2352 }
2353 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0)
2354 {
2355 value = 1;
2356 *s += 3;
2357 }
2358 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0)
2359 {
2360 value = 6;
2361 *s += 4;
2362 }
2363 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0)
2364 {
2365 value = 2;
2366 *s += 3;
2367 }
2368 else
2369 {
2370 value = 0;
2371 as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s);
2372 }
2373
2374 return value;
2375 }
2376
2377 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
2378 type. */
2379
2380 static fp_operand_format
2381 pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (char **s)
2382 {
2383 int format;
2384
2385 format = SGL;
2386 if (**s == ',')
2387 {
2388 *s += 1;
2389 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
2390 {
2391 format = SGL;
2392 *s += 4;
2393 }
2394 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
2395 {
2396 format = DBL;
2397 *s += 4;
2398 }
2399 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
2400 {
2401 format = QUAD;
2402 *s += 5;
2403 }
2404 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0)
2405 {
2406 format = W;
2407 *s += 2;
2408 }
2409 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0)
2410 {
2411 format = UW;
2412 *s += 3;
2413 }
2414 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0)
2415 {
2416 format = DW;
2417 *s += 3;
2418 }
2419 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0)
2420 {
2421 format = UDW;
2422 *s += 4;
2423 }
2424 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0)
2425 {
2426 format = QW;
2427 *s += 3;
2428 }
2429 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0)
2430 {
2431 format = UQW;
2432 *s += 4;
2433 }
2434 else
2435 {
2436 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
2437 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
2438 }
2439 }
2440
2441 return format;
2442 }
2443
2444 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
2445 type. */
2446
2447 static fp_operand_format
2448 pa_parse_fp_format (char **s)
2449 {
2450 int format;
2451
2452 format = SGL;
2453 if (**s == ',')
2454 {
2455 *s += 1;
2456 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
2457 {
2458 format = SGL;
2459 *s += 4;
2460 }
2461 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
2462 {
2463 format = DBL;
2464 *s += 4;
2465 }
2466 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
2467 {
2468 format = QUAD;
2469 *s += 5;
2470 }
2471 else
2472 {
2473 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
2474 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
2475 }
2476 }
2477
2478 return format;
2479 }
2480
2481 /* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */
2482
2483 static int
2484 pa_chk_field_selector (char **str)
2485 {
2486 int middle, low, high;
2487 int cmp;
2488 char name[4];
2489
2490 /* Read past any whitespace. */
2491 /* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */
2492 while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f')
2493 *str = *str + 1;
2494
2495 if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%')
2496 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
2497 name[1] = 0;
2498 else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%')
2499 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
2500 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
2501 name[2] = 0;
2502 else if ((*str)[3] == '\'' || (*str)[3] == '%')
2503 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
2504 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
2505 name[2] = TOLOWER ((*str)[2]),
2506 name[3] = 0;
2507 else
2508 return e_fsel;
2509
2510 low = 0;
2511 high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1;
2512
2513 do
2514 {
2515 middle = (low + high) / 2;
2516 cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix);
2517 if (cmp < 0)
2518 high = middle - 1;
2519 else if (cmp > 0)
2520 low = middle + 1;
2521 else
2522 {
2523 *str += strlen (name) + 1;
2524 #ifndef OBJ_SOM
2525 if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel)
2526 return e_fsel;
2527 #endif
2528 return selector_table[middle].field_selector;
2529 }
2530 }
2531 while (low <= high);
2532
2533 return e_fsel;
2534 }
2535
2536 /* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by
2537 cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */
2538
2539 void
2540 parse_cons_expression_hppa (expressionS *exp)
2541 {
2542 hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer);
2543 expression (exp);
2544 }
2545
2546 /* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by
2547 the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */
2548 static int
2549 evaluate_absolute (struct pa_it *insn)
2550 {
2551 offsetT value;
2552 expressionS exp;
2553 int field_selector = insn->field_selector;
2554
2555 exp = insn->exp;
2556 value = exp.X_add_number;
2557
2558 return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector);
2559 }
2560
2561 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */
2562
2563 static int
2564 pa_get_absolute_expression (struct pa_it *insn, char **strp)
2565 {
2566 char *save_in;
2567
2568 insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp);
2569 save_in = input_line_pointer;
2570 input_line_pointer = *strp;
2571 expression (&insn->exp);
2572 /* This is not perfect, but is a huge improvement over doing nothing.
2573
2574 The PA assembly syntax is ambiguous in a variety of ways. Consider
2575 this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register
2576 r5, or is that 4 MOD r5?
2577
2578 If we get a modulo expression when looking for an absolute, we try
2579 again cutting off the input string at the first whitespace character. */
2580 if (insn->exp.X_op == O_modulus)
2581 {
2582 char *s, c;
2583 int retval;
2584
2585 input_line_pointer = *strp;
2586 s = *strp;
2587 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2588 s++;
2589
2590 c = *s;
2591 *s = 0;
2592
2593 retval = pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp);
2594
2595 input_line_pointer = save_in;
2596 *s = c;
2597 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
2598 }
2599 /* When in strict mode we have a non-match, fix up the pointers
2600 and return to our caller. */
2601 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant && strict)
2602 {
2603 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
2604 input_line_pointer = save_in;
2605 return 0;
2606 }
2607 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant)
2608 {
2609 as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute)."));
2610 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
2611 input_line_pointer = save_in;
2612 return 0;
2613 }
2614 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
2615 input_line_pointer = save_in;
2616 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
2617 }
2618
2619 /* Given an argument location specification return the associated
2620 argument location number. */
2621
2622 static unsigned int
2623 pa_build_arg_reloc (char *type_name)
2624 {
2625
2626 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0)
2627 return 0;
2628 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0)
2629 return 1;
2630 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0)
2631 return 2;
2632 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0)
2633 return 3;
2634 else
2635 as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name);
2636
2637 return 0;
2638 }
2639
2640 /* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for
2641 the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */
2642
2643 static unsigned int
2644 pa_align_arg_reloc (unsigned int reg, unsigned int arg_reloc)
2645 {
2646 unsigned int new_reloc;
2647
2648 new_reloc = arg_reloc;
2649 switch (reg)
2650 {
2651 case 0:
2652 new_reloc <<= 8;
2653 break;
2654 case 1:
2655 new_reloc <<= 6;
2656 break;
2657 case 2:
2658 new_reloc <<= 4;
2659 break;
2660 case 3:
2661 new_reloc <<= 2;
2662 break;
2663 default:
2664 as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg);
2665 }
2666
2667 return new_reloc;
2668 }
2669
2670 /* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the
2671 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
2672
2673 static int
2674 pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s)
2675 {
2676 int cmpltr;
2677 char *name = *s + 1;
2678 char c;
2679 char *save_s = *s;
2680 int nullify = 0;
2681
2682 cmpltr = 0;
2683 if (**s == ',')
2684 {
2685 *s += 1;
2686 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2687 *s += 1;
2688 c = **s;
2689 **s = 0x00;
2690
2691 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2692 {
2693 cmpltr = 1;
2694 }
2695 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2696 {
2697 cmpltr = 2;
2698 }
2699 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2700 {
2701 cmpltr = 3;
2702 }
2703 else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0)
2704 {
2705 cmpltr = 4;
2706 }
2707 else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
2708 {
2709 cmpltr = 5;
2710 }
2711 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2712 {
2713 cmpltr = 6;
2714 }
2715 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2716 {
2717 cmpltr = 7;
2718 }
2719 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
2720 completer. */
2721 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
2722 {
2723 cmpltr = 0;
2724 nullify = 1;
2725 }
2726 else
2727 {
2728 cmpltr = -1;
2729 }
2730 **s = c;
2731 }
2732
2733 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
2734 if (nullify)
2735 *s = save_s;
2736
2737 return cmpltr;
2738 }
2739
2740 /* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the
2741 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
2742
2743 static int
2744 pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s)
2745 {
2746 int cmpltr;
2747 char *name = *s + 1;
2748 char c;
2749 char *save_s = *s;
2750 int nullify = 0;
2751
2752 cmpltr = 0;
2753 if (**s == ',')
2754 {
2755 *s += 1;
2756 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2757 *s += 1;
2758 c = **s;
2759 **s = 0x00;
2760
2761 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2762 {
2763 cmpltr = 0;
2764 }
2765 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2766 {
2767 cmpltr = 1;
2768 }
2769 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2770 {
2771 cmpltr = 2;
2772 }
2773 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2774 {
2775 cmpltr = 3;
2776 }
2777 else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
2778 {
2779 cmpltr = 4;
2780 }
2781 else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0)
2782 {
2783 cmpltr = 5;
2784 }
2785 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2786 {
2787 cmpltr = 6;
2788 }
2789 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2790 {
2791 cmpltr = 7;
2792 }
2793 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
2794 completer. */
2795 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
2796 {
2797 cmpltr = 0;
2798 nullify = 1;
2799 }
2800 else
2801 {
2802 cmpltr = -1;
2803 }
2804 **s = c;
2805 }
2806
2807 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
2808 if (nullify)
2809 *s = save_s;
2810
2811 return cmpltr;
2812 }
2813
2814 /* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for
2815 encoding in instructions) of the given completer.
2816
2817 Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are
2818 returned as 8-15. */
2819
2820 static int
2821 pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (char **s)
2822 {
2823 int cmpltr;
2824 char *name = *s + 1;
2825 char c;
2826
2827 cmpltr = -1;
2828 if (**s == ',')
2829 {
2830 *s += 1;
2831 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2832 *s += 1;
2833 c = **s;
2834 **s = 0x00;
2835
2836 if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0)
2837 {
2838 cmpltr = 0;
2839 }
2840 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
2841 {
2842 cmpltr = 1;
2843 }
2844 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
2845 {
2846 cmpltr = 2;
2847 }
2848 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
2849 {
2850 cmpltr = 3;
2851 }
2852 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
2853 {
2854 cmpltr = 4;
2855 }
2856 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0)
2857 {
2858 cmpltr = 5;
2859 }
2860 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0)
2861 {
2862 cmpltr = 6;
2863 }
2864 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0)
2865 {
2866 cmpltr = 7;
2867 }
2868 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0)
2869 {
2870 cmpltr = 8;
2871 }
2872 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
2873 {
2874 cmpltr = 9;
2875 }
2876 else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
2877 {
2878 cmpltr = 10;
2879 }
2880 else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0)
2881 {
2882 cmpltr = 11;
2883 }
2884 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
2885 {
2886 cmpltr = 12;
2887 }
2888 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0)
2889 {
2890 cmpltr = 13;
2891 }
2892 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0)
2893 {
2894 cmpltr = 14;
2895 }
2896 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0)
2897 {
2898 cmpltr = 15;
2899 }
2900 else
2901 {
2902 cmpltr = -1;
2903 }
2904 **s = c;
2905 }
2906
2907 return cmpltr;
2908 }
2909
2910 /* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number
2911 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
2912
2913 static int
2914 pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (char **s)
2915 {
2916 int cmpltr;
2917 char *name = *s + 1;
2918 char c;
2919
2920 cmpltr = -1;
2921 if (**s == ',')
2922 {
2923 *s += 1;
2924 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2925 *s += 1;
2926 c = **s;
2927 **s = 0x00;
2928
2929 if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
2930 {
2931 cmpltr = 0;
2932 }
2933 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
2934 {
2935 cmpltr = 1;
2936 }
2937 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
2938 {
2939 cmpltr = 2;
2940 }
2941 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
2942 {
2943 cmpltr = 3;
2944 }
2945 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
2946 {
2947 cmpltr = 4;
2948 }
2949 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
2950 {
2951 cmpltr = 5;
2952 }
2953 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
2954 {
2955 cmpltr = 6;
2956 }
2957 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
2958 {
2959 cmpltr = 7;
2960 }
2961 else
2962 {
2963 cmpltr = -1;
2964 }
2965 **s = c;
2966 }
2967
2968 return cmpltr;
2969 }
2970
2971 /* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number
2972 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
2973
2974 static int
2975 pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (char **s)
2976 {
2977 int cmpltr;
2978 char *name = *s + 1;
2979 char c;
2980 char *save_s = *s;
2981 int nullify = 0;
2982
2983 cmpltr = 0;
2984 if (**s == ',')
2985 {
2986 *s += 1;
2987 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2988 *s += 1;
2989 c = **s;
2990 **s = 0x00;
2991 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2992 {
2993 cmpltr = 1;
2994 }
2995 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2996 {
2997 cmpltr = 2;
2998 }
2999 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
3000 {
3001 cmpltr = 3;
3002 }
3003 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
3004 {
3005 cmpltr = 4;
3006 }
3007 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
3008 {
3009 cmpltr = 5;
3010 }
3011 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
3012 {
3013 cmpltr = 6;
3014 }
3015 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
3016 {
3017 cmpltr = 7;
3018 }
3019 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
3020 completer. */
3021 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
3022 {
3023 cmpltr = 0;
3024 nullify = 1;
3025 }
3026 else
3027 {
3028 cmpltr = -1;
3029 }
3030 **s = c;
3031 }
3032
3033 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
3034 if (nullify)
3035 *s = save_s;
3036
3037 return cmpltr;
3038 }
3039
3040 /* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number
3041 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
3042
3043 static int
3044 pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (char **s)
3045 {
3046 int cmpltr;
3047 char *name = *s + 1;
3048 char c;
3049 char *save_s = *s;
3050 int nullify = 0;
3051
3052 cmpltr = 0;
3053 if (**s == ',')
3054 {
3055 *s += 1;
3056 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
3057 *s += 1;
3058 c = **s;
3059 **s = 0x00;
3060 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
3061 {
3062 cmpltr = 0;
3063 }
3064 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
3065 {
3066 cmpltr = 1;
3067 }
3068 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
3069 {
3070 cmpltr = 2;
3071 }
3072 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
3073 {
3074 cmpltr = 3;
3075 }
3076 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
3077 {
3078 cmpltr = 4;
3079 }
3080 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
3081 {
3082 cmpltr = 5;
3083 }
3084 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
3085 {
3086 cmpltr = 6;
3087 }
3088 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
3089 {
3090 cmpltr = 7;
3091 }
3092 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
3093 completer. */
3094 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
3095 {
3096 cmpltr = 0;
3097 nullify = 1;
3098 }
3099 else
3100 {
3101 cmpltr = -1;
3102 }
3103 **s = c;
3104 }
3105
3106 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
3107 if (nullify)
3108 *s = save_s;
3109
3110 return cmpltr;
3111 }
3112
3113 /* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for
3114 encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
3115
3116 static int
3117 pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (char **s)
3118 {
3119 int cmpltr;
3120 char *name = *s + 1;
3121 char c;
3122 char *save_s = *s;
3123 int nullify = 0;
3124
3125 cmpltr = 0;
3126 if (**s == ',')
3127 {
3128 *s += 1;
3129 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
3130 *s += 1;
3131 c = **s;
3132 **s = 0x00;
3133 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
3134 {
3135 cmpltr = 1;
3136 }
3137 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
3138 {
3139 cmpltr = 2;
3140 }
3141 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
3142 {
3143 cmpltr = 3;
3144 }
3145 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
3146 {
3147 cmpltr = 4;
3148 }
3149 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0)
3150 {
3151 cmpltr = 5;
3152 }
3153 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0)
3154 {
3155 cmpltr = 6;
3156 }
3157 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
3158 {
3159 cmpltr = 7;
3160 }
3161 else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0)
3162 {
3163 cmpltr = 8;
3164 }
3165 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
3166 {
3167 cmpltr = 9;
3168 }
3169 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
3170 {
3171 cmpltr = 10;
3172 }
3173 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
3174 {
3175 cmpltr = 11;
3176 }
3177 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
3178 {
3179 cmpltr = 12;
3180 }
3181 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
3182 {
3183 cmpltr = 13;
3184 }
3185 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
3186 {
3187 cmpltr = 14;
3188 }
3189 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
3190 {
3191 cmpltr = 15;
3192 }
3193 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
3194 completer. */
3195 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
3196 {
3197 cmpltr = 0;
3198 nullify = 1;
3199 }
3200 else
3201 {
3202 cmpltr = -1;
3203 }
3204 **s = c;
3205 }
3206
3207 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
3208 if (nullify)
3209 *s = save_s;
3210
3211 return cmpltr;
3212 }
3213
3214 /* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results
3215 into the global "the_insn" variable. */
3216
3217 static void
3218 pa_ip (char *str)
3219 {
3220 char *error_message = "";
3221 char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s;
3222 const char *args;
3223 int match = FALSE;
3224 int comma = 0;
3225 int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, num;
3226 unsigned long opcode;
3227 struct pa_opcode *insn;
3228
3229 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
3230 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
3231 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
3232 #endif
3233
3234 /* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower
3235 case. */
3236 for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++)
3237 *s = TOLOWER (*s);
3238
3239 /* Skip to something interesting. */
3240 for (s = str;
3241 ISUPPER (*s) || ISLOWER (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3');
3242 ++s)
3243 ;
3244
3245 switch (*s)
3246 {
3247
3248 case '\0':
3249 break;
3250
3251 case ',':
3252 comma = 1;
3253
3254 /*FALLTHROUGH */
3255
3256 case ' ':
3257 *s++ = '\0';
3258 break;
3259
3260 default:
3261 as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
3262 return;
3263 }
3264
3265 /* Look up the opcode in the has table. */
3266 if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL)
3267 {
3268 as_bad ("Unknown opcode: `%s'", str);
3269 return;
3270 }
3271
3272 if (comma)
3273 *--s = ',';
3274
3275 /* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then
3276 start processing them. */
3277 argstart = s;
3278 for (;;)
3279 {
3280 /* Do some initialization. */
3281 opcode = insn->match;
3282 strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT);
3283 memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn));
3284
3285 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE;
3286
3287 if (insn->arch >= pa20
3288 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
3289 goto failed;
3290
3291 /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make
3292 sure that the operands match. */
3293 for (args = insn->args;; ++args)
3294 {
3295 /* Absorb white space in instruction. */
3296 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
3297 s++;
3298
3299 switch (*args)
3300 {
3301 /* End of arguments. */
3302 case '\0':
3303 if (*s == '\0')
3304 match = TRUE;
3305 break;
3306
3307 case '+':
3308 if (*s == '+')
3309 {
3310 ++s;
3311 continue;
3312 }
3313 if (*s == '-')
3314 continue;
3315 break;
3316
3317 /* These must match exactly. */
3318 case '(':
3319 case ')':
3320 case ',':
3321 case ' ':
3322 if (*s++ == *args)
3323 continue;
3324 break;
3325
3326 /* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */
3327 case 'b':
3328 case '^':
3329 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3330 break;
3331 num = pa_number;
3332 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3333 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3334
3335 /* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it
3336 is there. */
3337 case '!':
3338 /* Skip whitespace before register. */
3339 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
3340 s = s + 1;
3341
3342 if (!strncasecmp (s, "%sar", 4))
3343 {
3344 s += 4;
3345 continue;
3346 }
3347 else if (!strncasecmp (s, "%cr11", 5))
3348 {
3349 s += 5;
3350 continue;
3351 }
3352 break;
3353
3354 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */
3355 case 'x':
3356 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3357 break;
3358 num = pa_number;
3359 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3360 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3361
3362 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */
3363 case 't':
3364 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3365 break;
3366 num = pa_number;
3367 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3368 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3369
3370 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */
3371 case 'a':
3372 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3373 break;
3374 num = pa_number;
3375 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3376 opcode |= num << 16;
3377 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3378
3379 /* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */
3380 case 'T':
3381 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3382 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3383 break;
3384 s = expr_end;
3385 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0);
3386 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0);
3387
3388 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */
3389 case '5':
3390 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3391 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3392 break;
3393 s = expr_end;
3394 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
3395 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
3396 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
3397 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
3398 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3399
3400 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */
3401 case 'V':
3402 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3403 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3404 break;
3405 s = expr_end;
3406 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
3407 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
3408 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
3409 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
3410 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3411
3412 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */
3413 case 'r':
3414 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3415 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3416 break;
3417 s = expr_end;
3418 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3419 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3420
3421 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */
3422 case 'R':
3423 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3424 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3425 break;
3426 s = expr_end;
3427 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3428 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3429
3430 /* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */
3431 case 'U':
3432 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3433 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3434 break;
3435 s = expr_end;
3436 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
3437 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3438
3439 /* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */
3440 case 's':
3441 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3442 break;
3443 num = pa_number;
3444 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1);
3445 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14);
3446
3447 /* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */
3448 case 'S':
3449 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3450 break;
3451 num = pa_number;
3452 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1);
3453 opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num);
3454 continue;
3455
3456 /* Handle all completers. */
3457 case 'c':
3458 switch (*++args)
3459 {
3460
3461 /* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */
3462 case 'X':
3463 case 'x':
3464 {
3465 int uu = 0;
3466 int m = 0;
3467 int i = 0;
3468 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
3469 {
3470 s++;
3471 if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0)
3472 {
3473 uu = 1;
3474 m = 1;
3475 s++;
3476 i++;
3477 }
3478 else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
3479 m = 1;
3480 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0)
3481 || (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0))
3482 uu = 1;
3483 else if (strict)
3484 {
3485 /* This is a match failure. */
3486 s--;
3487 break;
3488 }
3489 else
3490 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer."));
3491 s++;
3492 i++;
3493 }
3494 if (i > 2)
3495 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax."));
3496 opcode |= m << 5;
3497 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13);
3498 }
3499
3500 /* Handle a short load/store completer. */
3501 case 'M':
3502 case 'm':
3503 case 'q':
3504 case 'J':
3505 case 'e':
3506 {
3507 int a = 0;
3508 int m = 0;
3509 if (*s == ',')
3510 {
3511 s++;
3512 if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0)
3513 {
3514 a = 0;
3515 m = 1;
3516 s += 2;
3517 }
3518 else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0)
3519 {
3520 a = 1;
3521 m = 1;
3522 s += 2;
3523 }
3524 else if (strict)
3525 /* This is a match failure. */
3526 s--;
3527 else
3528 {
3529 as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer."));
3530 s += 2;
3531 }
3532 }
3533 /* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not
3534 consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */
3535 else if (*args == 'e')
3536 break;
3537
3538 /* 'J', 'm', 'M' and 'q' are the same, except for where they
3539 encode the before/after field. */
3540 if (*args == 'm' || *args == 'M')
3541 {
3542 opcode |= m << 5;
3543 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
3544 }
3545 else if (*args == 'q')
3546 {
3547 opcode |= m << 3;
3548 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
3549 }
3550 else if (*args == 'J')
3551 {
3552 /* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */
3553 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
3554 }
3555 else if (*args == 'e')
3556 {
3557 /* Stash the ma/mb flag temporarily in the
3558 instruction. We will use (and remove it)
3559 later when handling 'J', 'K', '<' & '>'. */
3560 opcode |= a;
3561 continue;
3562 }
3563 }
3564
3565 /* Handle a stbys completer. */
3566 case 'A':
3567 case 's':
3568 {
3569 int a = 0;
3570 int m = 0;
3571 int i = 0;
3572 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
3573 {
3574 s++;
3575 if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
3576 m = 1;
3577 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0)
3578 || (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0))
3579 a = 0;
3580 else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0)
3581 a = 1;
3582 /* In strict mode, this is a match failure. */
3583 else if (strict)
3584 {
3585 s--;
3586 break;
3587 }
3588 else
3589 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
3590 s++;
3591 i++;
3592 }
3593 if (i > 2)
3594 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
3595 opcode |= m << 5;
3596 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
3597 }
3598
3599 /* Handle load cache hint completer. */
3600 case 'c':
3601 cmpltr = 0;
3602 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
3603 {
3604 s += 3;
3605 cmpltr = 2;
3606 }
3607 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
3608
3609 /* Handle store cache hint completer. */
3610 case 'C':
3611 cmpltr = 0;
3612 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
3613 {
3614 s += 3;
3615 cmpltr = 2;
3616 }
3617 else if (!strncmp (s, ",bc", 3))
3618 {
3619 s += 3;
3620 cmpltr = 1;
3621 }
3622 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
3623
3624 /* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */
3625 case 'd':
3626 cmpltr = 0;
3627 if (!strncmp (s, ",co", 3))
3628 {
3629 s += 3;
3630 cmpltr = 1;
3631 }
3632 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
3633
3634 /* Handle load ordering completer. */
3635 case 'o':
3636 if (strncmp (s, ",o", 2) != 0)
3637 break;
3638 s += 2;
3639 continue;
3640
3641 /* Handle a branch gate completer. */
3642 case 'g':
3643 if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0)
3644 break;
3645 s += 5;
3646 continue;
3647
3648 /* Handle a branch link and push completer. */
3649 case 'p':
3650 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0)
3651 break;
3652 s += 7;
3653 continue;
3654
3655 /* Handle a branch link completer. */
3656 case 'l':
3657 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
3658 break;
3659 s += 2;
3660 continue;
3661
3662 /* Handle a branch pop completer. */
3663 case 'P':
3664 if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0)
3665 break;
3666 s += 4;
3667 continue;
3668
3669 /* Handle a local processor completer. */
3670 case 'L':
3671 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
3672 break;
3673 s += 2;
3674 continue;
3675
3676 /* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */
3677 case 'w':
3678 flag = 0;
3679 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2))
3680 {
3681 flag = 1;
3682 s += 2;
3683 }
3684 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
3685 {
3686 flag = 0;
3687 s += 2;
3688 }
3689
3690 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
3691
3692 /* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */
3693 case 'W':
3694 if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0)
3695 break;
3696 s += 2;
3697 continue;
3698
3699 /* Handle an RFI restore completer. */
3700 case 'r':
3701 flag = 0;
3702 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
3703 {
3704 flag = 5;
3705 s += 2;
3706 }
3707
3708 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
3709
3710 /* Handle a system control completer. */
3711 case 'Z':
3712 if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M'))
3713 {
3714 flag = 1;
3715 s += 2;
3716 }
3717 else
3718 flag = 0;
3719
3720 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
3721
3722 /* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */
3723 case 'i':
3724 flag = 0;
3725 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2))
3726 {
3727 flag = 1;
3728 s += 2;
3729 }
3730
3731 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
3732
3733 /* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */
3734 case 'z':
3735 flag = 1;
3736 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2))
3737 {
3738 flag = 0;
3739 s += 2;
3740 }
3741
3742 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
3743
3744 /* Handle add completer. */
3745 case 'a':
3746 flag = 1;
3747 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2))
3748 {
3749 flag = 2;
3750 s += 2;
3751 }
3752 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
3753 {
3754 flag = 3;
3755 s += 4;
3756 }
3757
3758 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
3759
3760 /* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */
3761 case 'Y':
3762 flag = 0;
3763 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) ||
3764 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7))
3765 {
3766 flag = 1;
3767 s += 7;
3768 }
3769 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3))
3770 {
3771 flag = 0;
3772 s += 3;
3773 }
3774 else
3775 break;
3776
3777 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3778
3779 /* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */
3780 case 'y':
3781 flag = 0;
3782 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) ||
3783 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6))
3784 {
3785 flag = 1;
3786 s += 6;
3787 }
3788 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2))
3789 {
3790 flag = 0;
3791 s += 2;
3792 }
3793 else
3794 break;
3795
3796 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3797
3798 /* Handle trap on signed overflow. */
3799 case 'v':
3800 flag = 0;
3801 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
3802 {
3803 flag = 1;
3804 s += 4;
3805 }
3806
3807 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3808
3809 /* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */
3810 case 't':
3811 flag = 0;
3812 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) ||
3813 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7))
3814 {
3815 flag = 1;
3816 s += 7;
3817 }
3818 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
3819 {
3820 flag = 0;
3821 s += 3;
3822 }
3823 else
3824 break;
3825
3826 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3827
3828 /* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */
3829 case 'B':
3830 flag = 0;
3831 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) ||
3832 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7))
3833 {
3834 flag = 1;
3835 s += 7;
3836 }
3837 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3))
3838 {
3839 flag = 0;
3840 s += 3;
3841 }
3842 else
3843 break;
3844
3845 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3846
3847 /* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */
3848 case 'b':
3849 flag = 0;
3850 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) ||
3851 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6))
3852 {
3853 flag = 1;
3854 s += 6;
3855 }
3856 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2))
3857 {
3858 flag = 0;
3859 s += 2;
3860 }
3861 else
3862 break;
3863
3864 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3865
3866 /* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */
3867 case 'T':
3868 flag = 0;
3869 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
3870 {
3871 flag = 1;
3872 s += 3;
3873 }
3874
3875 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
3876
3877 /* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */
3878 case 'S':
3879 {
3880 int sign = 1;
3881 if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0)
3882 {
3883 sign = 1;
3884 s += 2;
3885 }
3886 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0)
3887 {
3888 sign = 0;
3889 s += 2;
3890 }
3891
3892 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10);
3893 }
3894
3895 /* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */
3896 case 'h':
3897 if (*s++ == ',')
3898 {
3899 int lr = 0;
3900 if (*s == 'r')
3901 lr = 2;
3902 else if (*s == 'l')
3903 lr = 0;
3904 else
3905 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
3906
3907 s++;
3908 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13);
3909 }
3910 else
3911 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
3912 break;
3913
3914 /* Handle saturation at 24:25. */
3915 case 'H':
3916 {
3917 int sat = 3;
3918 if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0)
3919 {
3920 sat = 1;
3921 s += 3;
3922 }
3923 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0)
3924 {
3925 sat = 0;
3926 s += 3;
3927 }
3928
3929 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6);
3930 }
3931
3932 /* Handle permutation completer. */
3933 case '*':
3934 if (*s++ == ',')
3935 {
3936 int permloc[4];
3937 int perm = 0;
3938 int i = 0;
3939 permloc[0] = 13;
3940 permloc[1] = 10;
3941 permloc[2] = 8;
3942 permloc[3] = 6;
3943 for (; i < 4; i++)
3944 {
3945 switch (*s++)
3946 {
3947 case '0':
3948 perm = 0;
3949 break;
3950 case '1':
3951 perm = 1;
3952 break;
3953 case '2':
3954 perm = 2;
3955 break;
3956 case '3':
3957 perm = 3;
3958 break;
3959 default:
3960 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
3961 }
3962 opcode |= perm << permloc[i];
3963 }
3964 continue;
3965 }
3966 else
3967 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
3968 break;
3969
3970 default:
3971 abort ();
3972 }
3973 break;
3974
3975 /* Handle all conditions. */
3976 case '?':
3977 {
3978 args++;
3979 switch (*args)
3980 {
3981 /* Handle FP compare conditions. */
3982 case 'f':
3983 cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s);
3984 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0);
3985
3986 /* Handle an add condition. */
3987 case 'A':
3988 case 'a':
3989 cmpltr = 0;
3990 flag = 0;
3991 if (*s == ',')
3992 {
3993 s++;
3994
3995 /* 64 bit conditions. */
3996 if (*args == 'A')
3997 {
3998 if (*s == '*')
3999 s++;
4000 else
4001 break;
4002 }
4003 else if (*s == '*')
4004 break;
4005
4006 name = s;
4007 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
4008 s += 1;
4009 c = *s;
4010 *s = 0x00;
4011 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4012 cmpltr = 1;
4013 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4014 cmpltr = 2;
4015 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
4016 cmpltr = 3;
4017 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
4018 cmpltr = 4;
4019 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
4020 cmpltr = 5;
4021 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
4022 cmpltr = 6;
4023 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4024 cmpltr = 7;
4025 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4026 {
4027 cmpltr = 0;
4028 flag = 1;
4029 }
4030 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4031 {
4032 cmpltr = 1;
4033 flag = 1;
4034 }
4035 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4036 {
4037 cmpltr = 2;
4038 flag = 1;
4039 }
4040 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
4041 {
4042 cmpltr = 3;
4043 flag = 1;
4044 }
4045 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
4046 {
4047 cmpltr = 4;
4048 flag = 1;
4049 }
4050 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
4051 {
4052 cmpltr = 5;
4053 flag = 1;
4054 }
4055 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
4056 {
4057 cmpltr = 6;
4058 flag = 1;
4059 }
4060 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4061 {
4062 cmpltr = 7;
4063 flag = 1;
4064 }
4065 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4066 else if (*args == 'a' || *name)
4067 as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name);
4068 *s = c;
4069 }
4070 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4071 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4072
4073 /* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */
4074 case 'd':
4075 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
4076 if (cmpltr < 0)
4077 {
4078 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
4079 cmpltr = 0;
4080 }
4081 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4082
4083 /* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */
4084 case 'W':
4085 cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s);
4086 if (cmpltr < 0)
4087 {
4088 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
4089 cmpltr = 0;
4090 }
4091 else
4092 {
4093 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4094 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24;
4095 }
4096 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
4097
4098 /* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch
4099 condition. */
4100 case '@':
4101 save_s = s;
4102 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
4103 if (cmpltr < 0)
4104 {
4105 s = save_s;
4106 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s);
4107 if (cmpltr < 0)
4108 {
4109 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
4110 cmpltr = 0;
4111 }
4112 else
4113 {
4114 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4115 opcode |= 1 << 27;
4116 }
4117 }
4118 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4119
4120 /* Handle branch on bit conditions. */
4121 case 'B':
4122 case 'b':
4123 cmpltr = 0;
4124 if (*s == ',')
4125 {
4126 s++;
4127
4128 if (*args == 'B')
4129 {
4130 if (*s == '*')
4131 s++;
4132 else
4133 break;
4134 }
4135 else if (*s == '*')
4136 break;
4137
4138 if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0)
4139 {
4140 cmpltr = 0;
4141 s++;
4142 }
4143 else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0)
4144 {
4145 cmpltr = 1;
4146 s += 2;
4147 }
4148 else
4149 as_bad (_("Invalid Bit Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
4150 }
4151 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15);
4152
4153 /* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */
4154 case 'S':
4155 case 's':
4156 cmpltr = 0;
4157 flag = 0;
4158 if (*s == ',')
4159 {
4160 s++;
4161
4162 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4163 if (*args == 'S')
4164 {
4165 if (*s == '*')
4166 s++;
4167 else
4168 break;
4169 }
4170 else if (*s == '*')
4171 break;
4172
4173 name = s;
4174 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
4175 s += 1;
4176 c = *s;
4177 *s = 0x00;
4178 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4179 cmpltr = 1;
4180 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4181 cmpltr = 2;
4182 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
4183 cmpltr = 3;
4184 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0)
4185 cmpltr = 4;
4186 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
4187 cmpltr = 5;
4188 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
4189 cmpltr = 6;
4190 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4191 cmpltr = 7;
4192 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4193 {
4194 cmpltr = 0;
4195 flag = 1;
4196 }
4197 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4198 {
4199 cmpltr = 1;
4200 flag = 1;
4201 }
4202 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4203 {
4204 cmpltr = 2;
4205 flag = 1;
4206 }
4207 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
4208 {
4209 cmpltr = 3;
4210 flag = 1;
4211 }
4212 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
4213 {
4214 cmpltr = 4;
4215 flag = 1;
4216 }
4217 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0)
4218 {
4219 cmpltr = 5;
4220 flag = 1;
4221 }
4222 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
4223 {
4224 cmpltr = 6;
4225 flag = 1;
4226 }
4227 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4228 {
4229 cmpltr = 7;
4230 flag = 1;
4231 }
4232 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4233 else if (*args != 'S' || *name)
4234 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"),
4235 name);
4236 *s = c;
4237 }
4238 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4239 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4240
4241 /* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */
4242 case 't':
4243 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
4244 if (cmpltr < 0)
4245 {
4246 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
4247 cmpltr = 0;
4248 }
4249 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4250
4251 /* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */
4252 case 'n':
4253 save_s = s;
4254 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
4255 if (cmpltr < 0)
4256 {
4257 s = save_s;
4258 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
4259 if (cmpltr < 0)
4260 {
4261 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition"));
4262 cmpltr = 0;
4263 }
4264 else
4265 {
4266 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4267 opcode |= 1 << 27;
4268 }
4269 }
4270
4271 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4272
4273 /* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */
4274 case 'N':
4275 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s);
4276 if (cmpltr >= 0)
4277 {
4278 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4279 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26;
4280 }
4281 else
4282 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
4283 break;
4284
4285 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
4286
4287 /* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */
4288 case 'Q':
4289 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s);
4290 if (cmpltr < 0)
4291 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
4292 break;
4293
4294 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4295
4296 /* Handle a logical instruction condition. */
4297 case 'L':
4298 case 'l':
4299 cmpltr = 0;
4300 flag = 0;
4301 if (*s == ',')
4302 {
4303 s++;
4304
4305 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4306 if (*args == 'L')
4307 {
4308 if (*s == '*')
4309 s++;
4310 else
4311 break;
4312 }
4313 else if (*s == '*')
4314 break;
4315
4316 name = s;
4317 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
4318 s += 1;
4319 c = *s;
4320 *s = 0x00;
4321
4322 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4323 cmpltr = 1;
4324 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4325 cmpltr = 2;
4326 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
4327 cmpltr = 3;
4328 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4329 cmpltr = 7;
4330 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4331 {
4332 cmpltr = 0;
4333 flag = 1;
4334 }
4335 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4336 {
4337 cmpltr = 1;
4338 flag = 1;
4339 }
4340 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4341 {
4342 cmpltr = 2;
4343 flag = 1;
4344 }
4345 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
4346 {
4347 cmpltr = 3;
4348 flag = 1;
4349 }
4350 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4351 {
4352 cmpltr = 7;
4353 flag = 1;
4354 }
4355 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4356 else if (*args != 'L' || *name)
4357 as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition."));
4358 *s = c;
4359 }
4360 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4361 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4362
4363 /* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */
4364 case 'X':
4365 case 'x':
4366 case 'y':
4367 cmpltr = 0;
4368 if (*s == ',')
4369 {
4370 save_s = s++;
4371
4372 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4373 if (*args == 'X')
4374 {
4375 if (*s == '*')
4376 s++;
4377 else
4378 break;
4379 }
4380 else if (*s == '*')
4381 break;
4382
4383 name = s;
4384 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
4385 s += 1;
4386 c = *s;
4387 *s = 0x00;
4388 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4389 cmpltr = 1;
4390 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4391 cmpltr = 2;
4392 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4393 cmpltr = 3;
4394 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4395 cmpltr = 4;
4396 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4397 cmpltr = 5;
4398 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4399 cmpltr = 6;
4400 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4401 cmpltr = 7;
4402 /* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were.
4403 This includes moving s back to where it started. */
4404 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y')
4405 {
4406 *s = c;
4407 s = save_s;
4408 continue;
4409 }
4410 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4411 else if (*args != 'X' || *name)
4412 as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition."));
4413 *s = c;
4414 }
4415 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4416
4417 /* Handle a unit instruction condition. */
4418 case 'U':
4419 case 'u':
4420 cmpltr = 0;
4421 flag = 0;
4422 if (*s == ',')
4423 {
4424 s++;
4425
4426 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4427 if (*args == 'U')
4428 {
4429 if (*s == '*')
4430 s++;
4431 else
4432 break;
4433 }
4434 else if (*s == '*')
4435 break;
4436
4437 if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0)
4438 {
4439 cmpltr = 2;
4440 s += 3;
4441 }
4442 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0)
4443 {
4444 cmpltr = 3;
4445 s += 3;
4446 }
4447 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0)
4448 {
4449 cmpltr = 4;
4450 s += 3;
4451 }
4452 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0)
4453 {
4454 cmpltr = 6;
4455 s += 3;
4456 }
4457 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0)
4458 {
4459 cmpltr = 7;
4460 s += 3;
4461 }
4462 else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0)
4463 {
4464 cmpltr = 0;
4465 flag = 1;
4466 s += 2;
4467 }
4468 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0)
4469 {
4470 cmpltr = 2;
4471 flag = 1;
4472 s += 3;
4473 }
4474 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0)
4475 {
4476 cmpltr = 3;
4477 flag = 1;
4478 s += 3;
4479 }
4480 else if (strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0)
4481 {
4482 cmpltr = 4;
4483 flag = 1;
4484 s += 3;
4485 }
4486 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0)
4487 {
4488 cmpltr = 6;
4489 flag = 1;
4490 s += 3;
4491 }
4492 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0)
4493 {
4494 cmpltr = 7;
4495 flag = 1;
4496 s += 3;
4497 }
4498 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0)
4499 {
4500 cmpltr = 1;
4501 flag = 0;
4502 s += 3;
4503 }
4504 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0)
4505 {
4506 cmpltr = 5;
4507 flag = 0;
4508 s += 3;
4509 }
4510 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0)
4511 {
4512 cmpltr = 1;
4513 flag = 1;
4514 s += 3;
4515 }
4516 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0)
4517 {
4518 cmpltr = 5;
4519 flag = 1;
4520 s += 3;
4521 }
4522 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4523 else if (*args != 'U' || (*s != ' ' && *s != '\t'))
4524 as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition."));
4525 }
4526 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4527 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4528
4529 default:
4530 abort ();
4531 }
4532 break;
4533 }
4534
4535 /* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */
4536 case 'n':
4537 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
4538 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1);
4539
4540 /* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */
4541 case 'N':
4542 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
4543 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5);
4544
4545 /* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */
4546 case 'L':
4547 if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0)
4548 s += 4;
4549 else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0)
4550 s += 4;
4551 else
4552 break;
4553 continue;
4554
4555 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
4556 are 0..6 inclusive. */
4557 case 'h':
4558 get_expression (s);
4559 s = expr_end;
4560 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4561 {
4562 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4563 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
4564 num++;
4565 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
4566 }
4567 else
4568 break;
4569
4570 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
4571 are 0..6 inclusive. */
4572 case 'm':
4573 get_expression (s);
4574 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4575 {
4576 s = expr_end;
4577 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4578 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
4579 num = (num + 1) ^ 1;
4580 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
4581 }
4582 else
4583 break;
4584
4585 /* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */
4586 case '=':
4587 {
4588 num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s);
4589 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4590 }
4591
4592 /* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */
4593 case 'i':
4594 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4595 get_expression (s);
4596 s = expr_end;
4597 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4598 {
4599 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4600 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0);
4601 num = low_sign_unext (num, 11);
4602 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4603 }
4604 else
4605 {
4606 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4607 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4608 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4609 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4610 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4611 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4612 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4613 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4614 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4615 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4616 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4617 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4618 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4619 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4620 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4621 #endif
4622 else
4623 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4624 the_insn.format = 11;
4625 continue;
4626 }
4627
4628 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
4629 case 'J':
4630 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4631 get_expression (s);
4632 s = expr_end;
4633 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4634 {
4635 int mb;
4636
4637 /* XXX the completer stored away tidbits of information
4638 for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this.
4639 Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be
4640 good to rethink this. */
4641 mb = opcode & 1;
4642 opcode -= mb;
4643 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4644 if (mb != (num < 0))
4645 break;
4646 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4647 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
4648 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4649 }
4650 break;
4651
4652 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
4653 case 'K':
4654 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4655 get_expression (s);
4656 s = expr_end;
4657 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4658 {
4659 int mb;
4660
4661 mb = opcode & 1;
4662 opcode -= mb;
4663 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4664 if (mb == (num < 0))
4665 break;
4666 if (num % 4)
4667 break;
4668 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4669 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
4670 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4671 }
4672 break;
4673
4674 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
4675 case '<':
4676 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4677 get_expression (s);
4678 s = expr_end;
4679 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4680 {
4681 int mb;
4682
4683 mb = opcode & 1;
4684 opcode -= mb;
4685 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4686 if (mb != (num < 0))
4687 break;
4688 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4689 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
4690 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4691 }
4692 break;
4693
4694 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
4695 case '>':
4696 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4697 get_expression (s);
4698 s = expr_end;
4699 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4700 {
4701 int mb;
4702
4703 mb = opcode & 1;
4704 opcode -= mb;
4705 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4706 if (mb == (num < 0))
4707 break;
4708 if (num % 4)
4709 break;
4710 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4711 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
4712 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4713 }
4714 break;
4715
4716 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */
4717 case '#':
4718 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) != pa20)
4719 break;
4720 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4721 get_expression (s);
4722 s = expr_end;
4723 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4724 {
4725 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4726 if (num & 0x7)
4727 break;
4728 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4729 if (num < 0)
4730 opcode |= 1;
4731 num &= 0x1fff;
4732 num >>= 3;
4733 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4);
4734 }
4735 else
4736 {
4737 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4738 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4739 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4740 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4741 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4742 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4743 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4744 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4745 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4746 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4747 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4748 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4749 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4750 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4751 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4752 #endif
4753 else
4754 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4755 the_insn.format = 14;
4756 continue;
4757 }
4758 break;
4759
4760 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */
4761 case 'd':
4762 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4763 get_expression (s);
4764 s = expr_end;
4765 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4766 {
4767 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4768 if (num & 0x3)
4769 break;
4770 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4771 if (num < 0)
4772 opcode |= 1;
4773 num &= 0x1fff;
4774 num >>= 2;
4775 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
4776 }
4777 else
4778 {
4779 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4780 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4781 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4782 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4783 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4784 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4785 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4786 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4787 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4788 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4789 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4790 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4791 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4792 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4793 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4794 #endif
4795 else
4796 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4797 the_insn.format = 14;
4798 continue;
4799 }
4800
4801 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
4802 case 'j':
4803 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4804 get_expression (s);
4805 s = expr_end;
4806 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4807 {
4808 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4809 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4810 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
4811 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4812 }
4813 else
4814 {
4815 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4816 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4817 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4818 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4819 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4820 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4821 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4822 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4823 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4824 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4825 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4826 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4827 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4828 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4829 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4830 #endif
4831 else
4832 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4833 the_insn.format = 14;
4834 continue;
4835 }
4836
4837 /* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */
4838 case 'k':
4839 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4840 get_expression (s);
4841 s = expr_end;
4842 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4843 {
4844 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4845 CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
4846 opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num);
4847 continue;
4848 }
4849 else
4850 {
4851 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4852 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4853 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4854 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4855 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4856 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4857 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4858 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4859 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4860 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4861 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4862 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4863 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4864 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4865 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4866 #endif
4867 else
4868 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4869 the_insn.format = 21;
4870 continue;
4871 }
4872
4873 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */
4874 case 'l':
4875 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4876 get_expression (s);
4877 s = expr_end;
4878 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4879 {
4880 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4881 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4882 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
4883 continue;
4884 }
4885 else
4886 {
4887 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
4888 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4889 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4890 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4891 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4892 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4893 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4894 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4895 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4896 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4897 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4898 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4899 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4900 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4901 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4902 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4903 #endif
4904 else
4905 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4906 the_insn.format = 14;
4907 continue;
4908 }
4909
4910 /* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
4911 case 'y':
4912 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4913 get_expression (s);
4914 s = expr_end;
4915 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4916 {
4917 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4918 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4919 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0);
4920 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
4921 continue;
4922 }
4923 else
4924 {
4925 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
4926 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4927 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4928 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4929 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4930 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4931 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4932 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4933 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4934 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4935 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4936 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4937 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4938 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4939 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4940 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4941 #endif
4942 else
4943 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4944 the_insn.format = 14;
4945 continue;
4946 }
4947
4948 /* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
4949 case '&':
4950 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4951 get_expression (s);
4952 s = expr_end;
4953 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4954 {
4955 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4956 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4957 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0);
4958 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
4959 continue;
4960 }
4961 else
4962 {
4963 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
4964 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4965 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4966 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4967 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4968 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4969 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4970 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4971 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4972 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4973 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4974 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4975 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4976 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4977 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4978 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4979 #endif
4980 else
4981 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4982 the_insn.format = 14;
4983 continue;
4984 }
4985
4986 /* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */
4987 case 'w':
4988 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4989 get_expression (s);
4990 s = expr_end;
4991 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
4992 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
4993 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
4994 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
4995 {
4996 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4997 if (num % 4)
4998 {
4999 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5000 break;
5001 }
5002 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5003 num -= 8;
5004 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
5005 opcode |= re_assemble_12 (num >> 2);
5006 continue;
5007 }
5008 else
5009 {
5010 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
5011 the_insn.format = 12;
5012 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5013 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5014 s = expr_end;
5015 continue;
5016 }
5017
5018 /* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */
5019 case 'W':
5020 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
5021 get_expression (s);
5022 s = expr_end;
5023 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
5024 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
5025 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
5026 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
5027 {
5028 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
5029 if (num % 4)
5030 {
5031 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5032 break;
5033 }
5034 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5035 num -= 8;
5036 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
5037 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
5038 continue;
5039 }
5040 else
5041 {
5042 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
5043 the_insn.format = 17;
5044 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5045 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5046 continue;
5047 }
5048
5049 /* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */
5050 case 'X':
5051 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
5052 get_expression (s);
5053 s = expr_end;
5054 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
5055 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
5056 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
5057 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
5058 {
5059 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
5060 if (num % 4)
5061 {
5062 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5063 break;
5064 }
5065 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5066 num -= 8;
5067 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
5068 opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2);
5069 }
5070 else
5071 {
5072 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
5073 the_insn.format = 22;
5074 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5075 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5076 continue;
5077 }
5078
5079 /* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */
5080 case 'z':
5081 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
5082 get_expression (s);
5083 s = expr_end;
5084 the_insn.pcrel = 0;
5085 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
5086 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
5087 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
5088 {
5089 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
5090 if (num % 4)
5091 {
5092 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5093 break;
5094 }
5095 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5096 num -= 8;
5097 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
5098 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
5099 continue;
5100 }
5101 else
5102 {
5103 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL;
5104 the_insn.format = 17;
5105 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5106 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5107 continue;
5108 }
5109
5110 /* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */
5111 case 'Z':
5112 if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1'
5113 && (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R'))
5114 {
5115 s += 4;
5116 continue;
5117 }
5118 else
5119 break;
5120
5121 /* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */
5122 case 'Y':
5123 if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0)
5124 break;
5125 s += 9;
5126 continue;
5127
5128 /* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */
5129 case '@':
5130 if (*s != '0')
5131 break;
5132 s++;
5133 continue;
5134
5135 /* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */
5136 case '.':
5137 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5138 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5139 break;
5140 s = expr_end;
5141 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict);
5142 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5143
5144 /* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */
5145 case '*':
5146 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5147 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5148 break;
5149 s = expr_end;
5150 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict);
5151 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5152
5153 /* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */
5154 case 'p':
5155 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5156 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5157 break;
5158 s = expr_end;
5159 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
5160 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5);
5161
5162 /* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */
5163 case '~':
5164 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5165 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5166 break;
5167 s = expr_end;
5168 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
5169 num = 63 - num;
5170 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
5171 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
5172
5173 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */
5174 case '%':
5175 flag = 0;
5176 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5177 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5178 break;
5179 s = expr_end;
5180 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
5181 num--;
5182 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3;
5183 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
5184 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5185
5186 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */
5187 case '|':
5188 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5189 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5190 break;
5191 s = expr_end;
5192 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
5193 num--;
5194 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7;
5195 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
5196 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5197
5198 /* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */
5199 case 'P':
5200 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5201 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5202 break;
5203 s = expr_end;
5204 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
5205 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5);
5206
5207 /* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */
5208 case 'q':
5209 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5210 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5211 break;
5212 s = expr_end;
5213 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
5214 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
5215 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
5216
5217 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement
5218 of the high bit of the immediate. */
5219 case 'B':
5220 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5221 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5222 break;
5223 s = expr_end;
5224 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
5225 if (num & 0x20)
5226 ;
5227 else
5228 opcode |= (1 << 13);
5229 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21);
5230
5231 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */
5232 case 'Q':
5233 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5234 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5235 break;
5236 s = expr_end;
5237 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
5238 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
5239
5240 /* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */
5241 case '$':
5242 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5243 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5244 break;
5245 s = expr_end;
5246 CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict);
5247 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
5248
5249 /* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */
5250 case 'A':
5251 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5252 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5253 break;
5254 s = expr_end;
5255 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict);
5256 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
5257
5258 /* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */
5259 case 'D':
5260 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5261 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5262 break;
5263 s = expr_end;
5264 CHECK_FIELD (num, 67108863, 0, strict);
5265 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5266
5267 /* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */
5268 case 'v':
5269 if (*s++ != ',')
5270 as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier"));
5271 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5272 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5273 break;
5274 s = expr_end;
5275 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
5276 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5277
5278 /* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */
5279 case 'O':
5280 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5281 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5282 break;
5283 s = expr_end;
5284 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict);
5285 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6);
5286 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5287
5288 /* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */
5289 case 'o':
5290 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5291 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5292 break;
5293 s = expr_end;
5294 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
5295 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
5296
5297 /* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */
5298 case '0':
5299 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5300 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5301 break;
5302 s = expr_end;
5303 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
5304 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6);
5305 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5306
5307 /* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */
5308 case '1':
5309 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5310 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5311 break;
5312 s = expr_end;
5313 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
5314 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6);
5315 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5316
5317 /* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */
5318 case 'u':
5319 if (*s++ != ',')
5320 as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier"));
5321 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5322 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5323 break;
5324 s = expr_end;
5325 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
5326 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5327
5328 /* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */
5329 case '2':
5330 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5331 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5332 break;
5333 s = expr_end;
5334 CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict);
5335 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4);
5336 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5337
5338 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
5339 case '{':
5340 if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't')
5341 {
5342 the_insn.trunc = 1;
5343 s += 2;
5344 }
5345 else
5346 the_insn.trunc = 0;
5347 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
5348 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5349 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
5350 flag = SGL;
5351 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
5352 flag = DBL;
5353 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
5354 flag = QUAD;
5355 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
5356
5357 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
5358 case '_':
5359 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
5360 s--;
5361 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
5362 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
5363 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
5364 flag = SGL;
5365 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
5366 flag = DBL;
5367 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
5368 flag = QUAD;
5369 opcode |= flag << 13;
5370 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL
5371 || the_insn.fpof1 == DBL
5372 || the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD)
5373 {
5374 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
5375 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
5376 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
5377 flag = 0;
5378 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W
5379 || the_insn.fpof2 == DW
5380 || the_insn.fpof2 == QW)
5381 flag = 2;
5382 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW
5383 || the_insn.fpof2 == UDW
5384 || the_insn.fpof2 == UQW)
5385 flag = 6;
5386 else
5387 abort ();
5388 }
5389 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W
5390 || the_insn.fpof1 == DW
5391 || the_insn.fpof1 == QW)
5392 {
5393 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
5394 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
5395 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
5396 flag = 1;
5397 else
5398 abort ();
5399 }
5400 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW
5401 || the_insn.fpof1 == UDW
5402 || the_insn.fpof1 == UQW)
5403 {
5404 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
5405 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
5406 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
5407 flag = 5;
5408 else
5409 abort ();
5410 }
5411 flag |= the_insn.trunc;
5412 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15);
5413
5414 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
5415 case 'F':
5416 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5417 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5418 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
5419
5420 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
5421 case 'G':
5422 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
5423 s--;
5424 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5425 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
5426 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13);
5427
5428 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */
5429 case 'I':
5430 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5431 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5432 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
5433
5434 /* Handle a floating point operand format at 26.
5435 Only allows single and double precision. */
5436 case 'H':
5437 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5438 switch (flag)
5439 {
5440 case SGL:
5441 opcode |= 0x20;
5442 case DBL:
5443 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5444 continue;
5445
5446 case QUAD:
5447 case ILLEGAL_FMT:
5448 default:
5449 as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format."));
5450 }
5451 break;
5452
5453 /* Handle all floating point registers. */
5454 case 'f':
5455 switch (*++args)
5456 {
5457 /* Float target register. */
5458 case 't':
5459 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
5460 break;
5461 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5462 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5463 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5464
5465 /* Float target register with L/R selection. */
5466 case 'T':
5467 {
5468 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5469 break;
5470 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5471 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5472 opcode |= num;
5473
5474 /* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes
5475 and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This
5476 is not necessary for loads/stores. */
5477 if (need_pa11_opcode ()
5478 && ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000))
5479 opcode |= 1 << 27;
5480
5481 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0);
5482 continue;
5483 }
5484
5485 /* Float operand 1. */
5486 case 'a':
5487 {
5488 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5489 break;
5490 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5491 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5492 opcode |= num << 21;
5493 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
5494 {
5495 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
5496 opcode |= 1 << 27;
5497 }
5498 continue;
5499 }
5500
5501 /* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */
5502 case 'X':
5503 case 'A':
5504 {
5505 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5506 break;
5507 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5508 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5509 opcode |= num << 21;
5510 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
5511 continue;
5512 }
5513
5514 /* Float operand 2. */
5515 case 'b':
5516 {
5517 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5518 break;
5519 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5520 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5521 opcode |= num << 16;
5522 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
5523 {
5524 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
5525 opcode |= 1 << 27;
5526 }
5527 continue;
5528 }
5529
5530 /* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */
5531 case 'B':
5532 {
5533 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5534 break;
5535 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5536 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5537 opcode |= num << 16;
5538 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
5539 continue;
5540 }
5541
5542 /* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */
5543 case 'C':
5544 {
5545 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5546 break;
5547 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5548 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5549 opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11;
5550 opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9;
5551 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0);
5552 continue;
5553 }
5554
5555 /* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5556 case 'i':
5557 {
5558 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5559 break;
5560 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5561 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5562 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5563 {
5564 if (num < 16)
5565 {
5566 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5567 break;
5568 }
5569 num &= 0xF;
5570 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5571 }
5572 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
5573 }
5574
5575 /* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5576 case 'j':
5577 {
5578 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5579 break;
5580 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5581 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5582 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5583 {
5584 if (num < 16)
5585 {
5586 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5587 break;
5588 }
5589 num &= 0xF;
5590 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5591 }
5592 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
5593 }
5594
5595 /* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5596 case 'k':
5597 {
5598 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5599 break;
5600 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5601 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5602 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5603 {
5604 if (num < 16)
5605 {
5606 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5607 break;
5608 }
5609 num &= 0xF;
5610 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5611 }
5612 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5613 }
5614
5615 /* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5616 case 'l':
5617 {
5618 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5619 break;
5620 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5621 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5622 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5623 {
5624 if (num < 16)
5625 {
5626 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5627 break;
5628 }
5629 num &= 0xF;
5630 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5631 }
5632 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5633 }
5634
5635 /* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5636 case 'm':
5637 {
5638 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5639 break;
5640 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5641 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5642 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5643 {
5644 if (num < 16)
5645 {
5646 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5647 break;
5648 }
5649 num &= 0xF;
5650 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5651 }
5652 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
5653 }
5654
5655 /* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */
5656 case 'E':
5657 case 'e':
5658 {
5659 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5660 break;
5661 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5662 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5663 opcode |= num << 16;
5664 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
5665 {
5666 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0);
5667 }
5668 continue;
5669 }
5670
5671 /* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */
5672 case 'x':
5673 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
5674 break;
5675 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5676 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5677 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
5678
5679 default:
5680 abort ();
5681 }
5682 break;
5683
5684 default:
5685 abort ();
5686 }
5687 break;
5688 }
5689
5690 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
5691 then set a new architecture. This automatic promotion crud is
5692 for compatibility with HP's old assemblers only. */
5693 if (match == TRUE
5694 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch
5695 && !bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch))
5696 {
5697 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
5698 match = FALSE;
5699 }
5700
5701 failed:
5702 /* Check if the args matched. */
5703 if (!match)
5704 {
5705 if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES
5706 && !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name))
5707 {
5708 ++insn;
5709 s = argstart;
5710 continue;
5711 }
5712 else
5713 {
5714 as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message);
5715 return;
5716 }
5717 }
5718 break;
5719 }
5720
5721 the_insn.opcode = opcode;
5722 }
5723
5724 /* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */
5725
5726 void
5727 md_assemble (char *str)
5728 {
5729 char *to;
5730
5731 /* The had better be something to assemble. */
5732 assert (str);
5733
5734 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
5735 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
5736 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
5737
5738 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
5739 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
5740 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
5741 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
5742 {
5743 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
5744
5745 if (label_symbol)
5746 {
5747 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
5748 {
5749 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
5750 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
5751 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
5752 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5753 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
5754 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
5755 if (within_entry_exit)
5756 {
5757 char *where;
5758 unsigned int u;
5759
5760 where = frag_more (0);
5761 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
5762 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5763 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5764 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
5765 }
5766 #endif
5767 }
5768 else
5769 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
5770 }
5771 else
5772 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
5773 }
5774
5775 /* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */
5776 pa_ip (str);
5777
5778 /* Get somewhere to put the assembled instruction. */
5779 to = frag_more (4);
5780
5781 /* Output the opcode. */
5782 md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4);
5783
5784 /* If necessary output more stuff. */
5785 if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE)
5786 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL,
5787 (offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel,
5788 the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector,
5789 the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, 0);
5790
5791 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5792 dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
5793 #endif
5794 }
5795
5796 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5797 /* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the
5798 alignment of the subspace if necessary. */
5799 static void
5800 pa_align (int bytes)
5801 {
5802 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5803 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5804
5805 /* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */
5806 s_align_bytes (bytes);
5807
5808 /* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's
5809 alignment if necessary. */
5810 if (exact_log2 (bytes) != -1)
5811 record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, exact_log2 (bytes));
5812 }
5813 #endif
5814
5815 /* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */
5816
5817 static void
5818 pa_block (int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5819 {
5820 unsigned int temp_size;
5821
5822 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5823 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5824 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5825 #endif
5826
5827 temp_size = get_absolute_expression ();
5828
5829 if (temp_size > 0x3FFFFFFF)
5830 {
5831 as_bad (_("Argument to .BLOCK/.BLOCKZ must be between 0 and 0x3fffffff"));
5832 temp_size = 0;
5833 }
5834 else
5835 {
5836 /* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */
5837 char *p = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, 0, NULL, temp_size, NULL);
5838 *p = 0;
5839 }
5840
5841 pa_undefine_label ();
5842 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5843 }
5844
5845 /* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */
5846
5847 static void
5848 pa_brtab (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5849 {
5850
5851 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5852 /* The BRTAB relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
5853 the beginning and end of branch tables). */
5854 char *where = frag_more (0);
5855
5856 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5857 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5858 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB,
5859 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
5860 #endif
5861
5862 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5863 }
5864
5865 /* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */
5866
5867 static void
5868 pa_try (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5869 {
5870 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5871 expressionS exp;
5872 char *where = frag_more (0);
5873
5874 if (! begin)
5875 expression (&exp);
5876
5877 /* The TRY relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
5878 the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */
5879
5880 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5881 NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp,
5882 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY,
5883 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
5884 #endif
5885
5886 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5887 }
5888
5889 /* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes
5890 where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */
5891
5892 static void
5893 pa_call_args (struct call_desc *call_desc)
5894 {
5895 char *name, c, *p;
5896 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
5897
5898 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
5899 {
5900 name = input_line_pointer;
5901 c = get_symbol_end ();
5902 /* Process a source argument. */
5903 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
5904 {
5905 temp = atoi (name + 4);
5906 p = input_line_pointer;
5907 *p = c;
5908 input_line_pointer++;
5909 name = input_line_pointer;
5910 c = get_symbol_end ();
5911 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
5912 call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc);
5913 }
5914 /* Process a return value. */
5915 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0))
5916 {
5917 p = input_line_pointer;
5918 *p = c;
5919 input_line_pointer++;
5920 name = input_line_pointer;
5921 c = get_symbol_end ();
5922 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
5923 call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3);
5924 }
5925 else
5926 {
5927 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name);
5928 }
5929 p = input_line_pointer;
5930 *p = c;
5931 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
5932 input_line_pointer++;
5933 }
5934 }
5935
5936 /* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information
5937 about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect
5938 (and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */
5939
5940 static void
5941 pa_call (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5942 {
5943 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5944 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5945 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5946 #endif
5947
5948 pa_call_args (&last_call_desc);
5949 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5950 }
5951
5952 /* Return TRUE if FRAG1 and FRAG2 are the same. */
5953
5954 static bfd_boolean
5955 is_same_frag (fragS *frag1, fragS *frag2)
5956 {
5957
5958 if (frag1 == NULL)
5959 return FALSE;
5960 else if (frag2 == NULL)
5961 return FALSE;
5962 else if (frag1 == frag2)
5963 return TRUE;
5964 else if (frag2->fr_type == rs_fill && frag2->fr_fix == 0)
5965 return (is_same_frag (frag1, frag2->fr_next));
5966 else
5967 return FALSE;
5968 }
5969
5970 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5971 /* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function
5972 attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using
5973 R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building
5974 of the unwind spaces. */
5975
5976 static void
5977 pa_build_unwind_subspace (struct call_info *call_info)
5978 {
5979 asection *seg, *save_seg;
5980 subsegT save_subseg;
5981 unsigned int unwind;
5982 int reloc;
5983 char *p;
5984
5985 if ((bfd_get_section_flags (stdoutput, now_seg)
5986 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
5987 != (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
5988 return;
5989
5990 reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
5991 save_seg = now_seg;
5992 save_subseg = now_subseg;
5993 /* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating
5994 the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the
5995 old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */
5996 seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME);
5997 if (seg == ASEC_NULL)
5998 {
5999 seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0);
6000 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg,
6001 SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
6002 | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA);
6003 bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg, 2);
6004 }
6005
6006 subseg_set (seg, 0);
6007
6008 /* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind
6009 descriptor. */
6010 p = frag_more (16);
6011
6012 /* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */
6013 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
6014 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6015 call_info->start_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6016 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6017 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6018
6019 /* Relocation info. for end offset of the function.
6020
6021 Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be
6022 reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary
6023 symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same
6024 value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is
6025 finished with its work. */
6026 md_number_to_chars (p + 4, 0, 4);
6027 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p + 4 - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6028 call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6029 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6030 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6031
6032 /* Dump the descriptor. */
6033 unwind = UNWIND_LOW32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6034 md_number_to_chars (p + 8, unwind, 4);
6035
6036 unwind = UNWIND_HIGH32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6037 md_number_to_chars (p + 12, unwind, 4);
6038
6039 /* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */
6040 subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg);
6041 }
6042 #endif
6043
6044 /* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op. This information is used later
6045 to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support
6046 .ENTER and .LEAVE. */
6047
6048 static void
6049 pa_callinfo (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6050 {
6051 char *name, c, *p;
6052 int temp;
6053
6054 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6055 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6056 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6057 #endif
6058
6059 /* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */
6060 if (!within_procedure)
6061 as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition"));
6062
6063 /* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the
6064 current procedure. */
6065 callinfo_found = TRUE;
6066
6067 /* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments. */
6068 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6069 {
6070 name = input_line_pointer;
6071 c = get_symbol_end ();
6072 /* Frame size specification. */
6073 if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0))
6074 {
6075 p = input_line_pointer;
6076 *p = c;
6077 input_line_pointer++;
6078 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6079 if ((temp & 0x3) != 0)
6080 {
6081 as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp);
6082 temp = 0;
6083 }
6084
6085 /* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units. */
6086 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8;
6087
6088 }
6089 /* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications. */
6090 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0))
6091 {
6092 p = input_line_pointer;
6093 *p = c;
6094 input_line_pointer++;
6095 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6096 /* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR
6097 even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in
6098 the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */
6099 if (temp < 3 || temp > 18)
6100 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n"));
6101 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2;
6102 }
6103 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0))
6104 {
6105 p = input_line_pointer;
6106 *p = c;
6107 input_line_pointer++;
6108 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6109 /* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even
6110 though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */
6111 if (temp < 12 || temp > 21)
6112 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n"));
6113 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11;
6114 }
6115 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0))
6116 {
6117 p = input_line_pointer;
6118 *p = c;
6119 input_line_pointer++;
6120 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6121 if (temp != 3)
6122 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n"));
6123 }
6124 /* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */
6125 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0) ||
6126 (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0))
6127 {
6128 p = input_line_pointer;
6129 *p = c;
6130 }
6131 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0))
6132 {
6133 p = input_line_pointer;
6134 *p = c;
6135 }
6136 /* Should RP be saved into the stack. */
6137 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0))
6138 {
6139 p = input_line_pointer;
6140 *p = c;
6141 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1;
6142 }
6143 /* Likewise for SP. */
6144 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0))
6145 {
6146 p = input_line_pointer;
6147 *p = c;
6148 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1;
6149 }
6150 /* Is this an unwindable procedure. If so mark it so
6151 in the unwind descriptor. */
6152 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0))
6153 {
6154 p = input_line_pointer;
6155 *p = c;
6156 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1;
6157 }
6158 /* Is this an interrupt routine. If so mark it in the
6159 unwind descriptor. */
6160 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0))
6161 {
6162 p = input_line_pointer;
6163 *p = c;
6164 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1;
6165 }
6166 /* Is this a millicode routine. "millicode" isn't in my
6167 assembler manual, but my copy is old. The HP assembler
6168 accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor
6169 to drop the information, so we'll accept it too. */
6170 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0))
6171 {
6172 p = input_line_pointer;
6173 *p = c;
6174 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1;
6175 }
6176 else
6177 {
6178 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name);
6179 *input_line_pointer = c;
6180 }
6181 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6182 input_line_pointer++;
6183 }
6184
6185 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6186 }
6187
6188 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
6189 /* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our
6190 label when finished. */
6191
6192 static void
6193 pa_text (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6194 {
6195 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6196 current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
6197 current_subspace
6198 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6199 #endif
6200
6201 s_text (0);
6202 pa_undefine_label ();
6203 }
6204
6205 /* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */
6206
6207 static void
6208 pa_data (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6209 {
6210 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6211 current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
6212 current_subspace
6213 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6214 #endif
6215 s_data (0);
6216 pa_undefine_label ();
6217 }
6218
6219 /* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines,
6220 the .comm pseudo-op has the following symtax:
6221
6222 <label> .comm <length>
6223
6224 where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of
6225 a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute
6226 expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space
6227 and subspace.
6228
6229 Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm.
6230
6231 This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called
6232 on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number
6233 of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular
6234 the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What
6235 a pain.
6236
6237 This also makes error detection all but impossible. */
6238
6239 static void
6240 pa_comm (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6241 {
6242 unsigned int size;
6243 symbolS *symbol;
6244 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6245
6246 if (label_symbol)
6247 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6248 else
6249 symbol = NULL;
6250
6251 SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
6252 size = get_absolute_expression ();
6253
6254 if (symbol)
6255 {
6256 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6257 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size);
6258 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_com_section_ptr);
6259 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6260
6261 /* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the
6262 current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address
6263 fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */
6264 symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag);
6265 }
6266 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6267 }
6268 #endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) */
6269
6270 /* Process a .END pseudo-op. */
6271
6272 static void
6273 pa_end (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6274 {
6275 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6276 }
6277
6278 /* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */
6279
6280 static void
6281 pa_enter (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6282 {
6283 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6284 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6285 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6286 #endif
6287
6288 as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported"));
6289 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6290 }
6291
6292 /* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the
6293 procedure. */
6294
6295 static void
6296 pa_entry (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6297 {
6298 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6299 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6300 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6301 #endif
6302
6303 if (!within_procedure)
6304 as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored."));
6305 else
6306 {
6307 if (!callinfo_found)
6308 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo."));
6309 }
6310 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6311 within_entry_exit = TRUE;
6312
6313 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6314 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6315 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6316 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6317 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6318
6319 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6320 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6321 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6322 denote the entry and exit points. */
6323 if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL)
6324 {
6325 char *where;
6326 unsigned int u;
6327
6328 where = frag_more (0);
6329 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6330 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6331 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
6332 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
6333 }
6334 #endif
6335 }
6336
6337 /* Silly nonsense for pa_equ. The only half-sensible use for this is
6338 being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of
6339 registers, to get the size of the range. */
6340 static int fudge_reg_expressions;
6341
6342 int
6343 hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (expressionS *resultP,
6344 operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6345 expressionS *rightP)
6346 {
6347 if (fudge_reg_expressions
6348 && rightP->X_op == O_register
6349 && resultP->X_op == O_register)
6350 {
6351 rightP->X_op = O_constant;
6352 resultP->X_op = O_constant;
6353 }
6354 return 0; /* Continue normal expr handling. */
6355 }
6356
6357 /* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */
6358
6359 static void
6360 pa_equ (int reg)
6361 {
6362 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6363 symbolS *symbol;
6364
6365 if (label_symbol)
6366 {
6367 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6368 if (reg)
6369 {
6370 strict = 1;
6371 if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0))
6372 as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register"));
6373 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number);
6374 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section);
6375 }
6376 else
6377 {
6378 expressionS exp;
6379 segT seg;
6380
6381 fudge_reg_expressions = 1;
6382 seg = expression (&exp);
6383 fudge_reg_expressions = 0;
6384 if (exp.X_op != O_constant
6385 && exp.X_op != O_register)
6386 {
6387 if (exp.X_op != O_absent)
6388 as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed"));
6389 exp.X_add_number = 0;
6390 seg = absolute_section;
6391 }
6392 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number);
6393 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg);
6394 }
6395 }
6396 else
6397 {
6398 if (reg)
6399 as_bad (_(".REG must use a label"));
6400 else
6401 as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label"));
6402 }
6403
6404 pa_undefine_label ();
6405 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6406 }
6407
6408 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6409 /* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute
6410 the size of the function in elf_hppa_final_processing. */
6411
6412 static void
6413 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function (void)
6414 {
6415 /* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a
6416 temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */
6417 char *name;
6418
6419 if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
6420 {
6421 /* We have already warned about a missing label,
6422 or other problems. */
6423 return;
6424 }
6425
6426 name = xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001end_")
6427 + strlen (S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol))
6428 + 1);
6429 if (name)
6430 {
6431 symbolS *symbolP;
6432
6433 strcpy (name, "L$\001end_");
6434 strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol));
6435
6436 /* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the
6437 symbol will have already been defined. */
6438 symbolP = symbol_find (name);
6439 if (symbolP)
6440 {
6441 /* The symbol has already been defined! This can
6442 happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend.
6443
6444 This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free
6445 the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */
6446 xfree (name);
6447 }
6448 else
6449 {
6450 /* symbol value should be the offset of the
6451 last instruction of the function */
6452 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, (valueT) (frag_now_fix () - 4),
6453 frag_now);
6454
6455 assert (symbolP);
6456 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
6457 symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
6458 }
6459
6460 if (symbolP)
6461 last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP;
6462 else
6463 as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name);
6464
6465 }
6466 else
6467 as_bad (_("No memory for symbol name."));
6468 }
6469 #endif
6470
6471 /* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This
6472 usually involves creating some relocations or building special
6473 symbols to mark the end of the function. */
6474
6475 static void
6476 process_exit (void)
6477 {
6478 char *where;
6479
6480 where = frag_more (0);
6481
6482 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6483 /* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag
6484 for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace
6485 to add an entry in the unwind table. */
6486 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
6487 pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info);
6488 #else
6489 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6490 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6491 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6492 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6493
6494 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6495 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6496 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6497 denote the entry and exit points. */
6498 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6499 NULL, (offsetT) 0,
6500 NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0,
6501 UNWIND_HIGH32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor));
6502 #endif
6503 }
6504
6505 /* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */
6506
6507 static void
6508 pa_exit (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6509 {
6510 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6511 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6512 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6513 #endif
6514
6515 if (!within_procedure)
6516 as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure"));
6517 else
6518 {
6519 if (!callinfo_found)
6520 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo"));
6521 else
6522 {
6523 if (!within_entry_exit)
6524 as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT"));
6525 else
6526 {
6527 within_entry_exit = FALSE;
6528 process_exit ();
6529 }
6530 }
6531 }
6532 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6533 }
6534
6535 /* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */
6536
6537 static void
6538 pa_type_args (symbolS *symbolP, int is_export)
6539 {
6540 char *name, c, *p;
6541 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6542 pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
6543 asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP);
6544
6545 if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0)
6546 {
6547 input_line_pointer += 8;
6548 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6549 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr);
6550 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE;
6551 }
6552 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0)
6553 {
6554 input_line_pointer += 4;
6555 /* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM,
6556 instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types.
6557
6558 Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never
6559 done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so
6560 silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */
6561 if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP))
6562 {
6563 if (is_export)
6564 as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"),
6565 S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
6566
6567 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6568 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6569 }
6570 else
6571 {
6572 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6573 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE;
6574 }
6575 }
6576 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0)
6577 {
6578 input_line_pointer += 4;
6579 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6580 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6581 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA;
6582 }
6583 else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0))
6584 {
6585 input_line_pointer += 5;
6586 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6587 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6588 }
6589 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0)
6590 {
6591 input_line_pointer += 9;
6592 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6593 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6594 {
6595 elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym;
6596 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info =
6597 ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info),
6598 STT_PARISC_MILLI);
6599 }
6600 #endif
6601 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE;
6602 }
6603 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0)
6604 {
6605 input_line_pointer += 6;
6606 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6607 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL;
6608 }
6609 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0)
6610 {
6611 input_line_pointer += 8;
6612 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6613 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG;
6614 }
6615 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0)
6616 {
6617 input_line_pointer += 8;
6618 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6619 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG;
6620 }
6621
6622 /* SOM requires much more information about symbol types
6623 than BFD understands. This is how we get this information
6624 to the SOM BFD backend. */
6625 #ifdef obj_set_symbol_type
6626 obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type);
6627 #endif
6628
6629 /* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled,
6630 handle any argument relocation information. */
6631 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6632 {
6633 if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
6634 input_line_pointer++;
6635 name = input_line_pointer;
6636 c = get_symbol_end ();
6637 /* Argument sources. */
6638 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6639 {
6640 p = input_line_pointer;
6641 *p = c;
6642 input_line_pointer++;
6643 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6644 name = input_line_pointer;
6645 c = get_symbol_end ();
6646 arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name));
6647 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6648 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6649 #endif
6650 *input_line_pointer = c;
6651 }
6652 /* The return value. */
6653 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0)
6654 {
6655 p = input_line_pointer;
6656 *p = c;
6657 input_line_pointer++;
6658 name = input_line_pointer;
6659 c = get_symbol_end ();
6660 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6661 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6662 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6663 #endif
6664 *input_line_pointer = c;
6665 }
6666 /* Privilege level. */
6667 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0)
6668 {
6669 p = input_line_pointer;
6670 *p = c;
6671 input_line_pointer++;
6672 temp = atoi (input_line_pointer);
6673 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6674 ((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp;
6675 #endif
6676 c = get_symbol_end ();
6677 *input_line_pointer = c;
6678 }
6679 else
6680 {
6681 as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name);
6682 p = input_line_pointer;
6683 *p = c;
6684 }
6685 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6686 input_line_pointer++;
6687 }
6688 }
6689
6690 /* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external
6691 and provides information such as argument relocation entries
6692 to callers. */
6693
6694 static void
6695 pa_export (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6696 {
6697 char *name, c, *p;
6698 symbolS *symbol;
6699
6700 name = input_line_pointer;
6701 c = get_symbol_end ();
6702 /* Make sure the given symbol exists. */
6703 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6704 {
6705 as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name);
6706 p = input_line_pointer;
6707 *p = c;
6708 input_line_pointer++;
6709 }
6710 else
6711 {
6712 /* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations.
6713 For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive.
6714 S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set.
6715 Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually
6716 set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */
6717 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6718 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
6719 p = input_line_pointer;
6720 *p = c;
6721 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6722 {
6723 input_line_pointer++;
6724 pa_type_args (symbol, 1);
6725 }
6726 }
6727
6728 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6729 }
6730
6731 /* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given
6732 assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or
6733 explicitly IMPORTED from another. */
6734
6735 static void
6736 pa_import (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6737 {
6738 char *name, c, *p;
6739 symbolS *symbol;
6740
6741 name = input_line_pointer;
6742 c = get_symbol_end ();
6743
6744 symbol = symbol_find (name);
6745 /* Ugh. We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file,
6746 in which case all the code below will really screw things up
6747 (set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc). */
6748 if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol))
6749 {
6750 symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
6751 p = input_line_pointer;
6752 *p = c;
6753
6754 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6755 {
6756 input_line_pointer++;
6757 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6758 }
6759 else
6760 {
6761 /* Sigh. To be compatible with the HP assembler and to help
6762 poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on
6763 the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really
6764 matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */
6765 if (now_seg == text_section)
6766 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6767
6768 /* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined
6769 Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */
6770 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6771 }
6772 }
6773 else
6774 {
6775 /* The symbol was already defined. Just eat everything up to
6776 the end of the current statement. */
6777 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6778 input_line_pointer++;
6779 }
6780
6781 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6782 }
6783
6784 /* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */
6785
6786 static void
6787 pa_label (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6788 {
6789 char *name, c, *p;
6790
6791 name = input_line_pointer;
6792 c = get_symbol_end ();
6793
6794 if (strlen (name) > 0)
6795 {
6796 colon (name);
6797 p = input_line_pointer;
6798 *p = c;
6799 }
6800 else
6801 {
6802 as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL"));
6803 }
6804
6805 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6806 {
6807 as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored."));
6808 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6809 }
6810 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6811 }
6812
6813 /* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */
6814
6815 static void
6816 pa_leave (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6817 {
6818 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6819 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6820 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6821 #endif
6822
6823 as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported"));
6824 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6825 }
6826
6827 /* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */
6828
6829 static void
6830 pa_level (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6831 {
6832 char *level;
6833
6834 level = input_line_pointer;
6835 if (strncmp (level, "1.0", 3) == 0)
6836 {
6837 input_line_pointer += 3;
6838 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
6839 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6840 }
6841 else if (strncmp (level, "1.1", 3) == 0)
6842 {
6843 input_line_pointer += 3;
6844 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11))
6845 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6846 }
6847 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0w", 4) == 0)
6848 {
6849 input_line_pointer += 4;
6850 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25))
6851 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6852 }
6853 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0", 3) == 0)
6854 {
6855 input_line_pointer += 3;
6856 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20))
6857 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6858 }
6859 else
6860 {
6861 as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n"));
6862 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6863 }
6864 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6865 }
6866
6867 /* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */
6868
6869 static void
6870 pa_origin (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6871 {
6872 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6873 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6874 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6875 #endif
6876
6877 s_org (0);
6878 pa_undefine_label ();
6879 }
6880
6881 /* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op. This is much like a .EXPORT, except it
6882 is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */
6883
6884 static void
6885 pa_param (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6886 {
6887 char *name, c, *p;
6888 symbolS *symbol;
6889
6890 name = input_line_pointer;
6891 c = get_symbol_end ();
6892
6893 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6894 {
6895 as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name);
6896 p = input_line_pointer;
6897 *p = c;
6898 input_line_pointer++;
6899 }
6900 else
6901 {
6902 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6903 p = input_line_pointer;
6904 *p = c;
6905 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6906 {
6907 input_line_pointer++;
6908 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6909 }
6910 }
6911
6912 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6913 }
6914
6915 /* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning
6916 of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */
6917
6918 static void
6919 pa_proc (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6920 {
6921 struct call_info *call_info;
6922
6923 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6924 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6925 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6926 #endif
6927
6928 if (within_procedure)
6929 as_fatal (_("Nested procedures"));
6930
6931 /* Reset global variables for new procedure. */
6932 callinfo_found = FALSE;
6933 within_procedure = TRUE;
6934
6935 /* Create another call_info structure. */
6936 call_info = xmalloc (sizeof (struct call_info));
6937
6938 if (!call_info)
6939 as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n"));
6940
6941 memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info));
6942
6943 call_info->ci_next = NULL;
6944
6945 if (call_info_root == NULL)
6946 {
6947 call_info_root = call_info;
6948 last_call_info = call_info;
6949 }
6950 else
6951 {
6952 last_call_info->ci_next = call_info;
6953 last_call_info = call_info;
6954 }
6955
6956 /* set up defaults on call_info structure */
6957
6958 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0;
6959 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1;
6960 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0;
6961
6962 /* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined
6963 locally. Make sure it gets into the symbol table. */
6964 {
6965 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6966
6967 if (label_symbol)
6968 {
6969 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
6970 {
6971 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6972 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6973 }
6974 else
6975 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
6976 }
6977 else
6978 last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL;
6979 }
6980
6981 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6982 }
6983
6984 /* Process the syntactical end of a procedure. Make sure all the
6985 appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */
6986
6987 static void
6988 pa_procend (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6989 {
6990 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6991 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6992 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6993 #endif
6994
6995 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
6996 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
6997 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
6998
6999 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
7000 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
7001 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
7002 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
7003 {
7004 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7005
7006 if (label_symbol)
7007 {
7008 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7009 {
7010 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7011 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
7012 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7013 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7014 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
7015 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
7016 if (within_entry_exit)
7017 {
7018 char *where;
7019 unsigned int u;
7020
7021 where = frag_more (0);
7022 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
7023 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
7024 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
7025 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
7026 }
7027 #endif
7028 }
7029 else
7030 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7031 }
7032 else
7033 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
7034 }
7035
7036 if (!within_procedure)
7037 as_bad (_("misplaced .procend"));
7038
7039 if (!callinfo_found)
7040 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure"));
7041
7042 if (within_entry_exit)
7043 as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY"));
7044
7045 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
7046 /* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute
7047 the size of the function (apparently its needed in the symbol table). */
7048 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
7049 #endif
7050
7051 within_procedure = FALSE;
7052 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7053 pa_undefine_label ();
7054 }
7055
7056 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7057 /* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then
7058 return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */
7059
7060 static int
7061 exact_log2 (int value)
7062 {
7063 int shift = 0;
7064
7065 while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32)
7066 shift++;
7067
7068 if (shift >= 32)
7069 return -1;
7070 else
7071 return shift;
7072 }
7073
7074 /* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */
7075
7076 static void
7077 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void)
7078 {
7079 if (current_space == NULL)
7080 as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n"));
7081
7082 if (current_subspace == NULL)
7083 as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n"));
7084 }
7085
7086 /* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero,
7087 then create a new space entry to hold the information specified
7088 by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */
7089
7090 static sd_chain_struct *
7091 pa_parse_space_stmt (char *space_name, int create_flag)
7092 {
7093 char *name, *ptemp, c;
7094 char loadable, defined, private, sort;
7095 int spnum;
7096 asection *seg = NULL;
7097 sd_chain_struct *space;
7098
7099 /* Load default values. */
7100 spnum = 0;
7101 sort = 0;
7102 loadable = TRUE;
7103 defined = TRUE;
7104 private = FALSE;
7105 if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0)
7106 {
7107 seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment;
7108 defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined;
7109 private = pa_def_spaces[0].private;
7110 sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort;
7111 spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum;
7112 }
7113 else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0)
7114 {
7115 seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment;
7116 defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined;
7117 private = pa_def_spaces[1].private;
7118 sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort;
7119 spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum;
7120 }
7121
7122 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7123 {
7124 print_errors = FALSE;
7125 ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1;
7126 /* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than
7127 as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of
7128 the line should be ignored. */
7129 strict = 0;
7130 pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0);
7131 if (pa_number >= 0)
7132 {
7133 spnum = pa_number;
7134 input_line_pointer = ptemp;
7135 }
7136 else
7137 {
7138 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7139 {
7140 input_line_pointer++;
7141 name = input_line_pointer;
7142 c = get_symbol_end ();
7143 if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0))
7144 {
7145 *input_line_pointer = c;
7146 input_line_pointer++;
7147 spnum = get_absolute_expression ();
7148 }
7149 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7150 {
7151 *input_line_pointer = c;
7152 input_line_pointer++;
7153 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7154 }
7155 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7156 {
7157 *input_line_pointer = c;
7158 loadable = FALSE;
7159 }
7160 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0))
7161 {
7162 *input_line_pointer = c;
7163 defined = FALSE;
7164 }
7165 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0))
7166 {
7167 *input_line_pointer = c;
7168 private = TRUE;
7169 }
7170 else
7171 {
7172 as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument"));
7173 *input_line_pointer = c;
7174 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7175 input_line_pointer++;
7176 }
7177 }
7178 }
7179 print_errors = TRUE;
7180 }
7181
7182 if (create_flag && seg == NULL)
7183 seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0);
7184
7185 /* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with
7186 the attributes computed above. Else set the values in
7187 an already existing space -- this can only happen for
7188 the first occurrence of a built-in space. */
7189 if (create_flag)
7190 space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined,
7191 private, sort, seg, 1);
7192 else
7193 {
7194 space = is_defined_space (space_name);
7195 SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum;
7196 SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1;
7197 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1;
7198 }
7199
7200 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7201 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7202 #endif
7203
7204 return space;
7205 }
7206
7207 /* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the
7208 given space, creating the new space if necessary. */
7209
7210 static void
7211 pa_space (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7212 {
7213 char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s;
7214 sd_chain_struct *sd_chain;
7215
7216 if (within_procedure)
7217 {
7218 as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7219 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7220 }
7221 else
7222 {
7223 /* Check for some of the predefined spaces. FIXME: most of the code
7224 below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts
7225 and place them into a subroutine or something similar? */
7226 /* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right?
7227 What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"? */
7228 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$", 6) == 0)
7229 {
7230 input_line_pointer += 6;
7231 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
7232 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7233 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1);
7234 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7235 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0);
7236
7237 current_space = sd_chain;
7238 subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7239 current_subspace
7240 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section,
7241 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7242 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7243 return;
7244 }
7245 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$", 9) == 0)
7246 {
7247 input_line_pointer += 9;
7248 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
7249 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7250 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1);
7251 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7252 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0);
7253
7254 current_space = sd_chain;
7255 subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7256 current_subspace
7257 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section,
7258 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7259 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7260 return;
7261 }
7262 if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer,
7263 GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME,
7264 strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME)))
7265 {
7266 input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7267 sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7268 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7269 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1);
7270 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7271 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0);
7272
7273 current_space = sd_chain;
7274
7275 {
7276 asection *gdb_section
7277 = bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7278
7279 subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7280 current_subspace
7281 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section,
7282 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7283 }
7284 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7285 return;
7286 }
7287
7288 /* It could be a space specified by number. */
7289 print_errors = 0;
7290 save_s = input_line_pointer;
7291 strict = 0;
7292 pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0);
7293 if (pa_number >= 0)
7294 {
7295 if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number)))
7296 {
7297 current_space = sd_chain;
7298
7299 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7300 current_subspace
7301 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7302 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7303 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7304 return;
7305 }
7306 }
7307
7308 /* Not a number, attempt to create a new space. */
7309 print_errors = 1;
7310 input_line_pointer = save_s;
7311 name = input_line_pointer;
7312 c = get_symbol_end ();
7313 space_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7314 strcpy (space_name, name);
7315 *input_line_pointer = c;
7316
7317 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1);
7318 current_space = sd_chain;
7319
7320 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7321 current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7322 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7323 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7324 }
7325 }
7326
7327 /* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */
7328
7329 static void
7330 pa_spnum (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7331 {
7332 char *name;
7333 char c;
7334 char *p;
7335 sd_chain_struct *space;
7336
7337 name = input_line_pointer;
7338 c = get_symbol_end ();
7339 space = is_defined_space (name);
7340 if (space)
7341 {
7342 p = frag_more (4);
7343 md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4);
7344 }
7345 else
7346 as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name);
7347
7348 *input_line_pointer = c;
7349 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7350 }
7351
7352 /* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the
7353 given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary.
7354
7355 FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how
7356 they're broken up into subroutines. */
7357
7358 static void
7359 pa_subspace (int create_new)
7360 {
7361 char *name, *ss_name, c;
7362 char loadable, code_only, comdat, common, dup_common, zero, sort;
7363 int i, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags;
7364 sd_chain_struct *space;
7365 ssd_chain_struct *ssd;
7366 asection *section;
7367
7368 if (current_space == NULL)
7369 as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n"));
7370
7371 if (within_procedure)
7372 {
7373 as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7374 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7375 }
7376 else
7377 {
7378 name = input_line_pointer;
7379 c = get_symbol_end ();
7380 ss_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7381 strcpy (ss_name, name);
7382 *input_line_pointer = c;
7383
7384 /* Load default values. */
7385 sort = 0;
7386 access = 0x7f;
7387 loadable = 1;
7388 comdat = 0;
7389 common = 0;
7390 dup_common = 0;
7391 code_only = 0;
7392 zero = 0;
7393 space_index = ~0;
7394 alignment = 1;
7395 quadrant = 0;
7396
7397 space = current_space;
7398 if (create_new)
7399 ssd = NULL;
7400 else
7401 ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name);
7402 /* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But
7403 only allow the attributes to be changed once! */
7404 if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd))
7405 {
7406 subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg);
7407 current_subspace = ssd;
7408 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7409 as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified"));
7410 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7411 return;
7412 }
7413 else
7414 {
7415 /* A new subspace. Load default values if it matches one of
7416 the builtin subspaces. */
7417 i = 0;
7418 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7419 {
7420 if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0)
7421 {
7422 loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable;
7423 comdat = pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat;
7424 common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common;
7425 dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common;
7426 code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only;
7427 zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero;
7428 space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index;
7429 alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment;
7430 quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant;
7431 access = pa_def_subspaces[i].access;
7432 sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort;
7433 break;
7434 }
7435 i++;
7436 }
7437 }
7438
7439 /* We should be working with a new subspace now. Fill in
7440 any information as specified by the user. */
7441 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7442 {
7443 input_line_pointer++;
7444 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7445 {
7446 name = input_line_pointer;
7447 c = get_symbol_end ();
7448 if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0))
7449 {
7450 *input_line_pointer = c;
7451 input_line_pointer++;
7452 quadrant = get_absolute_expression ();
7453 }
7454 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0))
7455 {
7456 *input_line_pointer = c;
7457 input_line_pointer++;
7458 alignment = get_absolute_expression ();
7459 if (exact_log2 (alignment) == -1)
7460 {
7461 as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2"));
7462 alignment = 1;
7463 }
7464 }
7465 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0))
7466 {
7467 *input_line_pointer = c;
7468 input_line_pointer++;
7469 access = get_absolute_expression ();
7470 }
7471 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7472 {
7473 *input_line_pointer = c;
7474 input_line_pointer++;
7475 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7476 }
7477 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0))
7478 {
7479 *input_line_pointer = c;
7480 code_only = 1;
7481 }
7482 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7483 {
7484 *input_line_pointer = c;
7485 loadable = 0;
7486 }
7487 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "comdat", 6) == 0))
7488 {
7489 *input_line_pointer = c;
7490 comdat = 1;
7491 }
7492 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0))
7493 {
7494 *input_line_pointer = c;
7495 common = 1;
7496 }
7497 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0))
7498 {
7499 *input_line_pointer = c;
7500 dup_common = 1;
7501 }
7502 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0))
7503 {
7504 *input_line_pointer = c;
7505 zero = 1;
7506 }
7507 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0))
7508 as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument"));
7509 else
7510 as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument"));
7511 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7512 input_line_pointer++;
7513 }
7514 }
7515
7516 /* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information
7517 in the .subspace directive. */
7518 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7519 flags = 0;
7520 if (loadable)
7521 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD);
7522 if (code_only)
7523 flags |= SEC_CODE;
7524
7525 /* These flags are used to implement various flavors of initialized
7526 common. The SOM linker discards duplicate subspaces when they
7527 have the same "key" symbol name. This support is more like
7528 GNU linkonce than BFD common. Further, pc-relative relocations
7529 are converted to section relative relocations in BFD common
7530 sections. This complicates the handling of relocations in
7531 common sections containing text and isn't currently supported
7532 correctly in the SOM BFD backend. */
7533 if (comdat || common || dup_common)
7534 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE;
7535
7536 flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7537
7538 /* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */
7539 if (zero)
7540 flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7541
7542 applicable &= flags;
7543
7544 /* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the
7545 segment already associated with the subspace.
7546
7547 FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with
7548 lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF
7549 code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything
7550 but the "standard" sections for ELF. */
7551 if (create_new)
7552 section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0);
7553 else if (ssd)
7554 section = ssd->ssd_seg;
7555 else
7556 section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0);
7557
7558 if (zero)
7559 seg_info (section)->bss = 1;
7560
7561 /* Now set the flags. */
7562 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, section, applicable);
7563
7564 /* Record any alignment request for this section. */
7565 record_alignment (section, exact_log2 (alignment));
7566
7567 /* Set the starting offset for this section. */
7568 bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, section,
7569 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant));
7570
7571 /* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace,
7572 or create a new one. */
7573 if (ssd)
7574
7575 current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7576 code_only, comdat, common,
7577 dup_common, sort, zero, access,
7578 space_index, alignment, quadrant,
7579 section);
7580 else
7581 current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7582 code_only, comdat, common,
7583 dup_common, zero, sort,
7584 access, space_index,
7585 alignment, quadrant, section);
7586
7587 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7588 current_subspace->ssd_seg = section;
7589 subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg);
7590 }
7591 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1;
7592 }
7593
7594 /* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */
7595
7596 static void
7597 pa_spaces_begin (void)
7598 {
7599 int i;
7600
7601 space_dict_root = NULL;
7602 space_dict_last = NULL;
7603
7604 i = 0;
7605 while (pa_def_spaces[i].name)
7606 {
7607 char *name;
7608
7609 /* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */
7610 name = pa_def_spaces[i].name;
7611
7612 pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0);
7613 create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum,
7614 pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined,
7615 pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort,
7616 pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0);
7617 i++;
7618 }
7619
7620 i = 0;
7621 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7622 {
7623 char *name;
7624 int applicable, subsegment;
7625 asection *segment = NULL;
7626 sd_chain_struct *space;
7627
7628 /* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right
7629 subsegment number. */
7630 name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name;
7631 subsegment = 0;
7632
7633 /* Create the new section. */
7634 segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment);
7635
7636 /* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss
7637 sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for
7638 all the built-in subspaces. */
7639 if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$"))
7640 {
7641 text_section = segment;
7642 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7643 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7644 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7645 | SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE
7646 | SEC_READONLY
7647 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7648 }
7649 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$"))
7650 {
7651 data_section = segment;
7652 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7653 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7654 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7655 | SEC_RELOC
7656 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7657
7658 }
7659 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$"))
7660 {
7661 bss_section = segment;
7662 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7663 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7664 applicable & SEC_ALLOC);
7665 }
7666 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$"))
7667 {
7668 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7669 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7670 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7671 | SEC_RELOC
7672 | SEC_READONLY
7673 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7674 }
7675 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$"))
7676 {
7677 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7678 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7679 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7680 | SEC_RELOC
7681 | SEC_READONLY
7682 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7683 }
7684 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$"))
7685 {
7686 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7687 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7688 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7689 | SEC_RELOC
7690 | SEC_READONLY
7691 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7692 }
7693
7694 /* Find the space associated with this subspace. */
7695 space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i].
7696 def_space_index].segment);
7697 if (space == NULL)
7698 {
7699 as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."),
7700 pa_def_subspaces[i].name);
7701 }
7702
7703 create_new_subspace (space, name,
7704 pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable,
7705 pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only,
7706 pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat,
7707 pa_def_subspaces[i].common,
7708 pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common,
7709 pa_def_subspaces[i].zero,
7710 pa_def_subspaces[i].sort,
7711 pa_def_subspaces[i].access,
7712 pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index,
7713 pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment,
7714 pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant,
7715 segment);
7716 i++;
7717 }
7718 }
7719
7720 /* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7721 by the given parameters. */
7722
7723 static sd_chain_struct *
7724 create_new_space (char *name,
7725 int spnum,
7726 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7727 int defined,
7728 int private,
7729 int sort,
7730 asection *seg,
7731 int user_defined)
7732 {
7733 sd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7734
7735 chain_entry = xmalloc (sizeof (sd_chain_struct));
7736 if (!chain_entry)
7737 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new space chain entry: %s\n"),
7738 name);
7739
7740 SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7741 strcpy (SPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7742 SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined;
7743 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined;
7744 SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum;
7745
7746 chain_entry->sd_seg = seg;
7747 chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1;
7748 chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL;
7749 chain_entry->sd_next = NULL;
7750
7751 /* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */
7752 if (!space_dict_last)
7753 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7754
7755 if (space_dict_root == NULL)
7756 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7757 else
7758 {
7759 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7760 sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7761
7762 chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7763 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7764
7765 while (chain_pointer)
7766 {
7767 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7768 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next;
7769 }
7770
7771 /* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new
7772 entry. So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate. */
7773 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7774 {
7775 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7776 prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry;
7777 }
7778 else
7779 {
7780 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7781 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7782 }
7783
7784 if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL)
7785 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7786 }
7787
7788 /* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get
7789 modified by the user's input. Another call is found at
7790 the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where
7791 the user modifies a predefined space. */
7792 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7793 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7794 #endif
7795
7796 return chain_entry;
7797 }
7798
7799 /* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7800 by the given parameters.
7801
7802 Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical
7803 order as defined by the SORT entries. */
7804
7805 static ssd_chain_struct *
7806 create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space,
7807 char *name,
7808 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7809 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7810 int comdat,
7811 int common,
7812 int dup_common,
7813 int is_zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7814 int sort,
7815 int access,
7816 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7817 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7818 int quadrant,
7819 asection *seg)
7820 {
7821 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7822
7823 chain_entry = xmalloc (sizeof (ssd_chain_struct));
7824 if (!chain_entry)
7825 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new subspace chain entry: %s\n"), name);
7826
7827 SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7828 strcpy (SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7829
7830 /* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive
7831 we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */
7832 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0;
7833
7834 chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0;
7835 chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg;
7836 chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL;
7837
7838 /* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key. */
7839 if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL)
7840 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7841 else
7842 {
7843 ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7844 ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7845
7846 chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces;
7847 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7848
7849 while (chain_pointer)
7850 {
7851 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7852 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next;
7853 }
7854
7855 /* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry. Insert it and update
7856 the links. */
7857 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7858 {
7859 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7860 prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry;
7861 }
7862 else
7863 {
7864 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7865 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7866 }
7867 }
7868
7869 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7870 obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access, sort,
7871 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
7872 #endif
7873
7874 return chain_entry;
7875 }
7876
7877 /* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the
7878 various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */
7879
7880 static ssd_chain_struct *
7881 update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space,
7882 char *name,
7883 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7884 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7885 int comdat,
7886 int common,
7887 int dup_common,
7888 int sort,
7889 int zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7890 int access,
7891 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7892 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7893 int quadrant,
7894 asection *section)
7895 {
7896 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7897
7898 chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name);
7899
7900 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7901 obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access, sort,
7902 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
7903 #endif
7904
7905 return chain_entry;
7906 }
7907
7908 /* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or
7909 NULL if no such space exists. */
7910
7911 static sd_chain_struct *
7912 is_defined_space (char *name)
7913 {
7914 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7915
7916 for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7917 chain_pointer;
7918 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next)
7919 if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0)
7920 return chain_pointer;
7921
7922 /* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */
7923 return NULL;
7924 }
7925
7926 /* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping
7927 from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL.
7928
7929 Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much,
7930 so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */
7931
7932 static sd_chain_struct *
7933 pa_segment_to_space (asection *seg)
7934 {
7935 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7936
7937 /* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping. */
7938 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7939 space_chain;
7940 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
7941 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
7942 return space_chain;
7943
7944 /* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */
7945 return NULL;
7946 }
7947
7948 /* Return the first space chain entry for the subspace with the name
7949 NAME or NULL if no such subspace exists.
7950
7951 When there are multiple subspaces with the same name, switching to
7952 the first (i.e., default) subspace is preferable in most situations.
7953 For example, it wouldn't be desirable to merge COMDAT data with non
7954 COMDAT data.
7955
7956 Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may
7957 not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its
7958 own subspace. */
7959
7960 static ssd_chain_struct *
7961 is_defined_subspace (char *name)
7962 {
7963 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7964 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
7965
7966 /* Walk through each space. */
7967 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7968 space_chain;
7969 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
7970 {
7971 /* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches. */
7972 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
7973 subspace_chain;
7974 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
7975 if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0)
7976 return subspace_chain;
7977 }
7978
7979 /* Subspace wasn't found. Return NULL. */
7980 return NULL;
7981 }
7982
7983 /* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no
7984 mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL.
7985
7986 If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace
7987 (to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have
7988 to become more efficient. */
7989
7990 static ssd_chain_struct *
7991 pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *seg, subsegT subseg)
7992 {
7993 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7994 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
7995
7996 /* Walk through each space. */
7997 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7998 space_chain;
7999 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8000 {
8001 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8002 {
8003 /* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for
8004 the correct mapping. */
8005 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8006 subspace_chain;
8007 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8008 if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg)
8009 return subspace_chain;
8010 }
8011 }
8012
8013 /* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found. Return NULL. */
8014 return NULL;
8015 }
8016
8017 /* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number.
8018
8019 Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space
8020 that was found or NULL on failure. */
8021
8022 static sd_chain_struct *
8023 pa_find_space_by_number (int number)
8024 {
8025 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8026
8027 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8028 space_chain;
8029 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8030 {
8031 if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number)
8032 return space_chain;
8033 }
8034
8035 /* No appropriate space found. Return NULL. */
8036 return NULL;
8037 }
8038
8039 /* Return the starting address for the given subspace. If the starting
8040 address is unknown then return zero. */
8041
8042 static unsigned int
8043 pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *space, int quadrant)
8044 {
8045 /* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this
8046 is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */
8047 if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1)
8048 return 0x40000000;
8049 else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1)
8050 return 0x40000000;
8051 else
8052 return 0;
8053 return 0;
8054 }
8055 #endif
8056
8057 /* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of
8058 a string. */
8059
8060 static unsigned int
8061 pa_stringer_aux (char *s)
8062 {
8063 unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK;
8064
8065 switch (c)
8066 {
8067 case '\"':
8068 c = NOT_A_CHAR;
8069 break;
8070 default:
8071 break;
8072 }
8073 return c;
8074 }
8075
8076 /* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */
8077
8078 static void
8079 pa_stringer (int append_zero)
8080 {
8081 char *s, num_buf[4];
8082 unsigned int c;
8083 int i;
8084
8085 /* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences.
8086 For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be
8087 changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */
8088
8089 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8090 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8091 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8092 #endif
8093
8094 /* Skip the opening quote. */
8095 s = input_line_pointer + 1;
8096
8097 while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++)))
8098 {
8099 if (c == '\\')
8100 {
8101 c = *s;
8102 switch (c)
8103 {
8104 /* Handle \x<num>. */
8105 case 'x':
8106 {
8107 unsigned int number;
8108 int num_digit;
8109 char dg;
8110 char *s_start = s;
8111
8112 /* Get past the 'x'. */
8113 s++;
8114 for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s;
8115 num_digit < 2
8116 && (ISDIGIT (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8117 || (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F'));
8118 num_digit++)
8119 {
8120 if (ISDIGIT (dg))
8121 number = number * 16 + dg - '0';
8122 else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8123 number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10;
8124 else
8125 number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10;
8126
8127 s++;
8128 dg = *s;
8129 }
8130 if (num_digit > 0)
8131 {
8132 switch (num_digit)
8133 {
8134 case 1:
8135 sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number);
8136 break;
8137 case 2:
8138 sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number);
8139 break;
8140 }
8141 for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++)
8142 s_start[i] = num_buf[i];
8143 }
8144 break;
8145 }
8146 /* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char. */
8147 default:
8148 s++;
8149 break;
8150 }
8151 }
8152 }
8153 stringer (append_zero);
8154 pa_undefine_label ();
8155 }
8156
8157 /* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */
8158
8159 static void
8160 pa_version (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8161 {
8162 obj_version (0);
8163 pa_undefine_label ();
8164 }
8165
8166 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8167
8168 /* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */
8169
8170 static void
8171 pa_compiler (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8172 {
8173 obj_som_compiler (0);
8174 pa_undefine_label ();
8175 }
8176
8177 #endif
8178
8179 /* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */
8180
8181 static void
8182 pa_copyright (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8183 {
8184 obj_copyright (0);
8185 pa_undefine_label ();
8186 }
8187
8188 /* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine
8189 the latest space label. */
8190
8191 static void
8192 pa_cons (int nbytes)
8193 {
8194 cons (nbytes);
8195 pa_undefine_label ();
8196 }
8197
8198 /* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */
8199
8200 static void
8201 pa_float_cons (int float_type)
8202 {
8203 float_cons (float_type);
8204 pa_undefine_label ();
8205 }
8206
8207 /* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */
8208
8209 static void
8210 pa_fill (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8211 {
8212 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8213 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8214 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8215 #endif
8216
8217 s_fill (0);
8218 pa_undefine_label ();
8219 }
8220
8221 /* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */
8222
8223 static void
8224 pa_lcomm (int needs_align)
8225 {
8226 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8227 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8228 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8229 #endif
8230
8231 s_lcomm (needs_align);
8232 pa_undefine_label ();
8233 }
8234
8235 /* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */
8236
8237 static void
8238 pa_lsym (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8239 {
8240 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8241 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8242 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8243 #endif
8244
8245 s_lsym (0);
8246 pa_undefine_label ();
8247 }
8248
8249 /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should
8250 set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */
8251
8252 void
8253 md_begin (void)
8254 {
8255 const char *retval = NULL;
8256 int lose = 0;
8257 unsigned int i = 0;
8258
8259 last_call_info = NULL;
8260 call_info_root = NULL;
8261
8262 /* Set the default machine type. */
8263 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, DEFAULT_LEVEL))
8264 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
8265
8266 /* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA.
8267 Warn user and disable "-R" option. */
8268 if (flag_readonly_data_in_text)
8269 {
8270 as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target."));
8271 flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0;
8272 }
8273
8274 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8275 pa_spaces_begin ();
8276 #endif
8277
8278 op_hash = hash_new ();
8279
8280 while (i < NUMOPCODES)
8281 {
8282 const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name;
8283
8284 retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (struct pa_opcode *) &pa_opcodes[i]);
8285 if (retval != NULL && *retval != '\0')
8286 {
8287 as_fatal (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"), name, retval);
8288 lose = 1;
8289 }
8290
8291 do
8292 {
8293 if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask)
8294 != pa_opcodes[i].match)
8295 {
8296 fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"),
8297 pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args);
8298 lose = 1;
8299 }
8300 ++i;
8301 }
8302 while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name));
8303 }
8304
8305 if (lose)
8306 as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted."));
8307
8308 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8309 /* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put
8310 anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */
8311 subseg_set (text_section, 0);
8312 #endif
8313
8314 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8315 dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy");
8316 S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section);
8317 /* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */
8318 (void) symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
8319 #endif
8320 }
8321
8322 /* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be
8323 adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument
8324 relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions.
8325
8326 "T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing
8327 globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates
8328 an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of
8329 the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry
8330 with the address of "foo").
8331
8332 Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend
8333 when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of
8334 $LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8.
8335
8336 The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for
8337 any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field
8338 selectors).
8339
8340 ??? Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such
8341 reductions make life a living hell for object file editors. */
8342
8343 int
8344 hppa_fix_adjustable (fixS *fixp)
8345 {
8346 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8347 reloc_type code;
8348 #endif
8349 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix;
8350
8351 hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8352
8353 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8354 /* LR/RR selectors are implicitly used for a number of different relocation
8355 types. We must ensure that none of these types are adjusted (see below)
8356 even if they occur with a different selector. */
8357 code = elf_hppa_reloc_final_type (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type,
8358 hppa_fix->fx_r_format,
8359 hppa_fix->fx_r_field);
8360
8361 switch (code)
8362 {
8363 /* Relocation types which use e_lrsel. */
8364 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
8365 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
8366 case R_PARISC_DPREL21L:
8367 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF21L:
8368
8369 /* Relocation types which use e_rrsel. */
8370 case R_PARISC_DIR14R:
8371 case R_PARISC_DIR14DR:
8372 case R_PARISC_DIR14WR:
8373 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
8374 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
8375 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14DR:
8376 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14WR:
8377 case R_PARISC_DPREL14R:
8378 case R_PARISC_DPREL14DR:
8379 case R_PARISC_DPREL14WR:
8380 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14R:
8381 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14DR:
8382 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14WR:
8383
8384 /* Other types that we reject for reduction. */
8385 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY:
8386 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
8387 return 0;
8388 default:
8389 break;
8390 }
8391 #endif
8392
8393 /* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when
8394 the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace.
8395
8396 XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these;
8397 for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever
8398 supported using the optimizing hp linker. */
8399 if (fixp->fx_addsy
8400 && fixp->fx_subsy
8401 && (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE))
8402 return 0;
8403
8404 /* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors.
8405
8406 If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will
8407 adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at
8408 the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice
8409 but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for
8410 "ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the
8411 addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and
8412 it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer
8413 sum to the right value.
8414
8415 eg. Suppose we have
8416 . ldil LR%foo+0,%r21
8417 . ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26
8418 . ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25
8419
8420 If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after
8421 reducing to the section symbol we get
8422 . LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0
8423 . RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092
8424 . RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096
8425 and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k
8426 multiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096.
8427
8428 In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we
8429 will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds
8430 addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP
8431 linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case
8432 above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */
8433
8434 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel
8435 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel
8436 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel)
8437 return 0;
8438
8439 /* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs,
8440 relocations with plabels. */
8441 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel
8442 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel
8443 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
8444 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel
8445 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
8446 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel)
8447 return 0;
8448
8449 /* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */
8450 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8451 return 0;
8452
8453 /* Reject reductions of function symbols. */
8454 if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy))
8455 return 0;
8456
8457 return 1;
8458 }
8459
8460 /* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation,
8461 even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled
8462 within GAS. */
8463
8464 int
8465 hppa_force_relocation (struct fix *fixp)
8466 {
8467 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
8468
8469 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8470 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8471 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY
8472 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT
8473 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
8474 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
8475 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY
8476 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY
8477 || (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL
8478 && (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
8479 return 1;
8480 #endif
8481 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8482 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8483 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8484 return 1;
8485 #endif
8486
8487 assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL);
8488
8489 /* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic
8490 linking works. */
8491 if (S_FORCE_RELOC (fixp->fx_addsy, 1))
8492 return 1;
8493
8494 /* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation
8495 entry if they're going to need either an argument relocation or long
8496 call stub. */
8497 if (fixp->fx_pcrel
8498 && arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy),
8499 hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc))
8500 return 1;
8501
8502 /* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */
8503 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL)
8504 {
8505 long pc = md_pcrel_from (fixp);
8506 valueT distance, min_stub_distance;
8507
8508 distance = fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy) - pc - 8;
8509
8510 /* Distance to the closest possible stub. This will detect most
8511 but not all circumstances where a stub will not work. */
8512 min_stub_distance = pc + 16;
8513 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8514 if (last_call_info != NULL)
8515 min_stub_distance -= S_GET_VALUE (last_call_info->start_symbol);
8516 #endif
8517
8518 if ((distance + 8388608 >= 16777216
8519 && min_stub_distance <= 8388608)
8520 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17
8521 && distance + 262144 >= 524288
8522 && min_stub_distance <= 262144)
8523 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12
8524 && distance + 8192 >= 16384
8525 && min_stub_distance <= 8192)
8526 )
8527 return 1;
8528 }
8529
8530 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8531 return 1;
8532
8533 /* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */
8534 return 0;
8535 }
8536
8537 /* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */
8538 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8539 /* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size
8540 field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the
8541 call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the
8542 difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */
8543
8544 void
8545 elf_hppa_final_processing (void)
8546 {
8547 struct call_info *call_info_pointer;
8548
8549 for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root;
8550 call_info_pointer;
8551 call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next)
8552 {
8553 elf_symbol_type *esym
8554 = ((elf_symbol_type *)
8555 symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol));
8556 esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size =
8557 S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol)
8558 - S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4;
8559 }
8560 }
8561
8562 static void
8563 pa_vtable_entry (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8564 {
8565 struct fix *new_fix;
8566
8567 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_entry (0);
8568
8569 if (new_fix)
8570 {
8571 struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8572
8573 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8574 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8575 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8576 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8577 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8578 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8579 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY;
8580 }
8581 }
8582
8583 static void
8584 pa_vtable_inherit (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8585 {
8586 struct fix *new_fix;
8587
8588 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_inherit (0);
8589
8590 if (new_fix)
8591 {
8592 struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8593
8594 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8595 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8596 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8597 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8598 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8599 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8600 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT;
8601 }
8602 }
8603 #endif
8604
8605 /* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these
8606 are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file
8607 dependent tables? */
8608 const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
8609 {
8610 /* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested,
8611 not the log2 of the requested alignment. */
8612 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8613 {"align", pa_align, 8},
8614 #endif
8615 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8616 {"align", s_align_bytes, 8},
8617 #endif
8618 {"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1},
8619 {"begin_try", pa_try, 1},
8620 {"block", pa_block, 1},
8621 {"blockz", pa_block, 0},
8622 {"byte", pa_cons, 1},
8623 {"call", pa_call, 0},
8624 {"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0},
8625 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))
8626 {"code", obj_elf_text, 0},
8627 #else
8628 {"code", pa_text, 0},
8629 {"comm", pa_comm, 0},
8630 #endif
8631 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8632 {"compiler", pa_compiler, 0},
8633 #endif
8634 {"copyright", pa_copyright, 0},
8635 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
8636 {"data", pa_data, 0},
8637 #endif
8638 {"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'},
8639 {"dword", pa_cons, 8},
8640 {"end", pa_end, 0},
8641 {"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0},
8642 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
8643 {"end_try", pa_try, 0},
8644 #endif
8645 {"enter", pa_enter, 0},
8646 {"entry", pa_entry, 0},
8647 {"equ", pa_equ, 0},
8648 {"exit", pa_exit, 0},
8649 {"export", pa_export, 0},
8650 {"fill", pa_fill, 0},
8651 {"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
8652 {"half", pa_cons, 2},
8653 {"import", pa_import, 0},
8654 {"int", pa_cons, 4},
8655 {"label", pa_label, 0},
8656 {"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0},
8657 {"leave", pa_leave, 0},
8658 {"level", pa_level, 0},
8659 {"long", pa_cons, 4},
8660 {"lsym", pa_lsym, 0},
8661 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8662 {"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1},
8663 #endif
8664 {"octa", pa_cons, 16},
8665 {"org", pa_origin, 0},
8666 {"origin", pa_origin, 0},
8667 {"param", pa_param, 0},
8668 {"proc", pa_proc, 0},
8669 {"procend", pa_procend, 0},
8670 {"quad", pa_cons, 8},
8671 {"reg", pa_equ, 1},
8672 {"short", pa_cons, 2},
8673 {"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
8674 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8675 {"space", pa_space, 0},
8676 {"spnum", pa_spnum, 0},
8677 #endif
8678 {"string", pa_stringer, 0},
8679 {"stringz", pa_stringer, 1},
8680 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8681 {"subspa", pa_subspace, 0},
8682 #endif
8683 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
8684 {"text", pa_text, 0},
8685 #endif
8686 {"version", pa_version, 0},
8687 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8688 {"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0},
8689 {"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0},
8690 #endif
8691 {"word", pa_cons, 4},
8692 {NULL, 0, 0}
8693 };
8694
8695 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8696 void
8697 hppa_cfi_frame_initial_instructions (void)
8698 {
8699 cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (30, 0);
8700 }
8701
8702 int
8703 hppa_regname_to_dw2regnum (char *regname)
8704 {
8705 unsigned int regnum = -1;
8706 unsigned int i;
8707 const char *p;
8708 char *q;
8709 static struct { char *name; int dw2regnum; } regnames[] =
8710 {
8711 { "sp", 30 }, { "rp", 2 },
8712 };
8713
8714 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (regnames); ++i)
8715 if (strcmp (regnames[i].name, regname) == 0)
8716 return regnames[i].dw2regnum;
8717
8718 if (regname[0] == 'r')
8719 {
8720 p = regname + 1;
8721 regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10);
8722 if (p == q || *q || regnum >= 32)
8723 return -1;
8724 }
8725 else if (regname[0] == 'f' && regname[1] == 'r')
8726 {
8727 p = regname + 2;
8728 regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10);
8729 if (p == q || *q || regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32)
8730 return -1;
8731 regnum += 32 - 4;
8732 }
8733 return regnum;
8734 }
8735 #endif
This page took 0.23107 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.